[go: up one dir, main page]

CN1470945A - Exposure device, stage device, and device manufacturing method - Google Patents

Exposure device, stage device, and device manufacturing method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN1470945A
CN1470945A CNA031413153A CN03141315A CN1470945A CN 1470945 A CN1470945 A CN 1470945A CN A031413153 A CNA031413153 A CN A031413153A CN 03141315 A CN03141315 A CN 03141315A CN 1470945 A CN1470945 A CN 1470945A
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
mentioned
scanning
exposure
objective table
zoning
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
CNA031413153A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
西健尔
奥村正彦
奥野浩生
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Nikon Corp
Original Assignee
Nikon Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Nikon Corp filed Critical Nikon Corp
Publication of CN1470945A publication Critical patent/CN1470945A/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H10P76/00
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/70Microphotolithographic exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/70425Imaging strategies, e.g. for increasing throughput or resolution, printing product fields larger than the image field or compensating lithography- or non-lithography errors, e.g. proximity correction, mix-and-match, stitching or double patterning
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/70Microphotolithographic exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/70691Handling of masks or workpieces
    • G03F7/70716Stages
    • G03F7/70725Stages control
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/70Microphotolithographic exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/70691Handling of masks or workpieces
    • G03F7/70733Handling masks and workpieces, e.g. exchange of workpiece or mask, transport of workpiece or mask

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Exposure And Positioning Against Photoresist Photosensitive Materials (AREA)
  • Exposure Of Semiconductors, Excluding Electron Or Ion Beam Exposure (AREA)

Abstract

通过控制装置,在相对晶片上的一个划分区域的曝光结束后,到为了进行下一划分区域的曝光,通过载物台控制系统使初缩掩模板载物台和晶片载物台在扫描方向上开始减速之前的期间,把下一划分区域的曝光用控制参数的设定信息传送给载物台控制系统。因此,载物台控制系统为了从上位装置获卸载一划分区域的曝光用控制参数的设定信息,不需要使两载物台在加速前暂且停止,所以不存在停止时间,相应地可以提高生产能力。该场合时,不会产生什么妨碍,所以不会损坏其他的装置性能。

Figure 03141315

Through the control device, after the exposure of a divided area on the wafer is completed, in order to perform the exposure of the next divided area, the initial reduction mask stage and the wafer stage are aligned in the scanning direction through the stage control system. During the period before the start of deceleration, the setting information of the control parameters for exposure in the next divided area is transmitted to the stage control system. Therefore, the stage control system does not need to temporarily stop the two stages before accelerating in order to obtain the setting information of the exposure control parameters of a divided area from the upper device, so there is no stop time, and the production can be improved accordingly. ability. In this case, there is no hindrance, so the performance of other devices will not be damaged.

Figure 03141315

Description

曝光装置及载物台装置、以及器件制造方法Exposure device, stage device, and device manufacturing method

发明领域field of invention

本发明涉及一种曝光装置及载物台装置、以及器件制造方法,具体而言,涉及制造半导体器件、液晶显示器件等电子器件的光刻工序中使用的曝光装置;具有支撑该曝光装置中的曝光对象物体并进行二维移动的载物台的载物台装置;以及使用上述曝光装置的器件制造方法。The present invention relates to an exposure device, a stage device, and a device manufacturing method, in particular, to an exposure device used in a photolithography process for manufacturing electronic devices such as semiconductor devices and liquid crystal display devices; A stage device for exposing a target object and moving a stage two-dimensionally; and a device manufacturing method using the exposure device.

背景技术Background technique

以往,在半导体器件的制造现场,使用以波长365nm的水银灯的i线为照明光的缩小投影曝光装置、所谓步进式曝光装置批量生产最小线宽约0.3~0.35μm的电路器件(64M(兆)比特的D-RAM等)。以后,半导体器件的高集成化在逐年推进着,相应地也开发着高分辨力的曝光装置,并实用化,目前使用的主流产品是步进扫描式扫描型曝光装置(也称为扫描器或扫描步进式曝光装置),以来自KrF准分子激光器的波长248nm的紫外脉冲激光或来自ArF准分子激光器的波长193nm的紫外脉冲激光为照明光,对缩小投影光学系统的投影视场,相对地一维扫描描画了电路图形的掩模板或初缩掩模板(以下统称为“初缩掩模板”)和感光物体的晶片,由此,来反复在晶片上的一个照射区域内转印初缩掩模板的整体电路图形的扫描曝光动作和照射间的步进动作。根据这种扫描曝光装置,可以实现具有256M比特D-RAM级的集成度、最小线宽0.25μm的电路器件的批量生产。此外,现在正开发的曝光装置,可以批量制造1G(千兆)以上的下一代电路器件。In the past, at the manufacturing site of semiconductor devices, a reduced projection exposure device using the i-line of a mercury lamp with a wavelength of 365 nm as illumination light, a so-called stepper exposure device, was used to mass-produce circuit devices with a minimum line width of about 0.3 to 0.35 μm (64M (mega ) bits of D-RAM, etc.). In the future, the high integration of semiconductor devices is advancing year by year, and correspondingly high-resolution exposure devices have been developed and put into practical use. Scanning stepper exposure device), using the ultraviolet pulse laser with a wavelength of 248nm from the KrF excimer laser or the ultraviolet pulse laser with a wavelength of 193nm from the ArF excimer laser as illumination light, the projection field of view of the reduced projection optical system is relatively One-dimensional scanning of the mask plate or shrink mask plate (hereinafter collectively referred to as “shrink mask plate”) and the photosensitive object wafer with the circuit pattern drawn, so as to repeatedly transfer the shrink mask in an irradiated area on the wafer Scanning exposure operation of the overall circuit pattern of the template and stepping operation between irradiation. According to this scanning exposure apparatus, mass production of circuit devices having an integration level of 256 Mbit D-RAM level and a minimum line width of 0.25 μm can be realized. In addition, the exposure device currently being developed can mass-produce next-generation circuit devices of 1G (gigabit) or more.

但是,步进扫描式扫描型曝光装置在向晶片上的多个照射区域(以下,为了方便称为“照射”)顺序转印初缩掩模板的图形时,为了提高生产能力,一般是通过交替扫描(往返扫描)初缩掩模板,来依次对下一照射进行曝光。为此,要求在对一个照射的初缩掩模板图形的转印结束后,从曝光结束点再次移动初缩掩模板,该移动距离和开始曝光前的预扫描时(目标速度(曝光时的扫描速度)之前的加速时间+加速结束后速度在规定误差范围内收敛到目标速度之前的稳定时间)的移动距离相同,使初缩掩模板返回到下一照射曝光用扫描开始位置,与此相对应,也要求晶片步进到下一照射(邻接上述一个照射的非扫描方向的其他照射),并使其沿扫描方向移动。However, when the step-and-scan scanning exposure device sequentially transfers the pattern of the reduced mask plate to a plurality of irradiation areas (hereinafter, referred to as "irradiation" for convenience) on the wafer, in order to improve the productivity, it is generally performed alternately. Scan (back and forth) the reduced mask to sequentially expose the next shot. For this reason, after the transfer of an irradiated reduced mask pattern is completed, the reduced mask is moved again from the exposure end point. Acceleration time before the acceleration time + the stabilization time before the speed converges to the target speed within the specified error range after the acceleration is completed) The moving distance is the same, so that the initial contraction mask returns to the scanning start position for the next exposure, corresponding to this , also requires the wafer to be stepped to the next shot (the other shot in the non-scanning direction adjacent to the one above) and moved in the scanning direction.

这种晶片在照射之间的移动动作,以往是按下述(1)~(3)的顺序进行的。(1)曝光结束后,一旦把晶片载物台(基片载物台)移动到和下一照射的扫描开始位置相同的扫描方向的坐标位置后,(2)在非扫描方向上步进到下一照射的扫描开始位置,(3)开始下一照射的曝光扫描。因此,晶片基本是沿“コ”状路径移动。采用这种路径的理由之一是,在上述(1)和(2)之间、或上述(2)和(3)之间、或上述(2)的动作中,需要把下一照射的曝光用控制信息(包括控制参数的设定信息)从上位装置传送给控制载物台的载物台控制单元(包括同步控制单元)。其中,上述控制信息,例如,包括:初缩掩模板载物台、晶片载物台的位置控制的相关信息;在曝光之前,例如利用EGA方式晶片对准获得的EGA参数(晶片的X、Y方向的偏移Ox、Oy,规定晶片移动的载物台坐标系的垂直度误差w,晶片的转动误差θ,晶片的X、Y方向放大缩小(定标)误差rx、ry)的设定值(这些是决定曝光时的晶片位置用的数据);曝光时的两载物台位置的相关校正参数(例如,初缩掩模板载物台或晶片载物台侧的移动镜的弯曲信息);以及与曝光量控制相关的数据,例如,准分子激光器的脉冲能量密度,脉冲发光数等数据;乃至所设定的曝光程序数据等。根据情况,也包括载物台移动时的各机构的错误信息等。Such movement of the wafer between irradiations has conventionally been performed in the following order (1) to (3). (1) After the exposure is completed, once the wafer stage (substrate stage) is moved to the same scanning direction coordinate position as the scanning start position of the next irradiation, (2) step in the non-scanning direction to The scan start position of the next shot, (3) start the exposure scan of the next shot. Therefore, the wafer basically moves along a "U"-shaped path. One of the reasons for adopting this route is that between the above (1) and (2), or between the above (2) and (3), or the above (2), the exposure of the next shot needs to be The control information (including the setting information of the control parameters) is transmitted from the host device to the stage control unit (including the synchronization control unit) which controls the stage. Wherein, the above-mentioned control information, for example, includes: the relevant information of the position control of the initial reduction mask stage and the wafer stage; The offset Ox, Oy of the direction, the verticality error w of the stage coordinate system that stipulates the movement of the wafer, the rotation error θ of the wafer, and the set value of the X, Y direction enlargement and reduction (calibration) error rx, ry) of the wafer (These are the data used to determine the position of the wafer during exposure); Correction parameters related to the position of the two stages during exposure (for example, the bending information of the moving mirror on the side of the reticle stage or the wafer stage); And the data related to exposure control, for example, the pulse energy density of the excimer laser, the number of pulse light emission and other data; and even the set exposure program data, etc. Depending on the situation, error information of each mechanism when the stage is moved is also included.

但是,作为曝光装置,生产能力(处理能力)的提高是最为重要的一个课题,从满足该要求的角度来考虑,扫描曝光时的初缩掩模板的加减速度例如是0.5G→4G,最高速度应是350mm/s→1500mm/s,与此相对应,晶片载物台的扫描曝光时的加减速度、最高速度应是与投影倍率成比例的数值。所以,在曝光前后所需的预扫描时及过扫描时的移动距离也需要相应地延长。However, as an exposure device, the improvement of productivity (processing capacity) is the most important issue. From the viewpoint of satisfying this requirement, the acceleration and deceleration of the initial contraction mask during scanning exposure is, for example, 0.5G→4G, and the maximum The speed should be 350mm/s→1500mm/s. Correspondingly, the acceleration and deceleration and the maximum speed of the scanning exposure of the wafer stage should be values proportional to the projection magnification. Therefore, the required pre-scan and over-scan movement distances before and after exposure also need to be extended accordingly.

因此,本来是为了提高生产能力而增加了加减速度、最高速度,但结果却有可能恶化生产能力。Therefore, the acceleration/deceleration and the maximum speed are increased to improve the productivity, but the productivity may deteriorate as a result.

在这种背景条件下,维持装置的其他性能、同时又能提高生产能力的新曝光装置的开发常为当今之急务。Under such background conditions, the development of a new exposure device that can improve productivity while maintaining other performances of the device is always an urgent task today.

如果能够实现上述的预扫描及过扫描动作和上述的晶片载物台的照射之间的步进动作的并行处理,以及晶片载物台移动距离的缩短中的至少一方,就有可能提高生产能力。If at least one of the parallel processing of the above-mentioned pre-scanning and overscanning operations and the above-mentioned stepping operation between the irradiation of the wafer stage and the shortening of the movement distance of the wafer stage can be realized, it is possible to increase the throughput. .

但是,如果采用容易进行上述并行处理的顺序和缩短上述移动距离的移动路径,有可能恶化初缩掩模板载物台和晶片载物台的同步精度,致使足够精度的曝光变困难,或使得曝光前的两载物台的同步稳定时间增加,或者有可能使上述的控制信息的传送变困难。However, if the above parallel processing is easy to perform and the moving path shortens the moving distance, it may deteriorate the synchronization accuracy of the shrink mask stage and the wafer stage, making it difficult to expose with sufficient precision, or making the exposure The synchronization stabilization time of the previous two stages may increase, or the transmission of the above-mentioned control information may become difficult.

发明内容Contents of the invention

鉴于上述情况,本发明的第1目的是,提供一种不损坏其他的装置性能、又能提高生产能力的曝光装置。In view of the above circumstances, a first object of the present invention is to provide an exposure apparatus capable of improving productivity without impairing other apparatus performance.

本发明的第2目的是,提供一种提高生产能力的同时,又能抑制载物台的驱动系统的使用电力的载物台装置。A second object of the present invention is to provide a stage device capable of suppressing power usage of a drive system of the stage while improving productivity.

本发明的第3目的是,提供一种能提高器件的生产性的器件制造方法。A third object of the present invention is to provide a device manufacturing method capable of improving device productivity.

根据本发明的第1观点所提供的第1曝光装置,在规定的扫描方向上同步移动掩模板和物体,把上述掩模板的图形依次转印到上述物体上的多个划分区域中,具有:掩模板载物台,支撑上述掩模板,至少可以在上述扫描方向上移动;物体载物台,支撑上述物体,可以在二维平面内进行移动;载物台控制系统,控制上述两载物台;和控制装置,在最迟相对上述一个划分区域的曝光结束后,到为了进行下一划分区域的曝光,通过上述载物台控制系统在使上述两载物台在上述扫描方向上的减速开始之前的期间,把至少下一划分区域的曝光用所需的控制参数的设定信息传送给上述载物台控制系统。According to the first exposure device provided by the first viewpoint of the present invention, the mask plate and the object are moved synchronously in a predetermined scanning direction, and the pattern of the mask plate is sequentially transferred to a plurality of divided areas on the object, and has: The mask stage supports the above-mentioned mask and can move at least in the above-mentioned scanning direction; the object stage supports the above-mentioned object and can move in a two-dimensional plane; the stage control system controls the above-mentioned two stages and the control device, after the exposure of the above-mentioned one divided area at the latest, to the exposure of the next divided area, through the above-mentioned stage control system, the deceleration of the above-mentioned two stages in the above-mentioned scanning direction starts In the preceding period, setting information of control parameters necessary for exposure of at least the next divided area is transmitted to the above-mentioned stage control system.

这样,通过控制装置,在最迟相对物体上的一个划分区域的曝光结束后,到为了进行下一划分区域的曝光,通过载物台控制系统使上述两载物台(掩模板载物台和物体载物台)在扫描方向上开始减速之前的期间,把至少下一划分区域的曝光用控制参数的设定信息传送给载物台控制系统。因此,在对物体上的一个划分区域的曝光结束后,到为了进行下一划分区域的曝光所需要的两载物台的同步稳定期间前之间,可以采用由使两载物台不停止的载物台控制系统作成的两载物台的控制程序。即,载物台控制系统为了从上位装置获卸载一划分区域的曝光用控制参数的设定信息,不需要使两载物台在加速前暂且停止,所以不存在停止时间,相应地可以提高生产能力。该场合时,不会产生什么妨碍,所以不会损坏其他的装置性能。另外,该场合时,载物台控制系统可以从上述扫描方向上的相关减速开始时起,开始进行两载物台的同步控制动作。In this way, through the control device, after the exposure of a divided area on the opposite object is completed at the latest, in order to perform the exposure of the next divided area, the above-mentioned two stages (reticle stage and During the period before the object stage) starts to decelerate in the scanning direction, at least the setting information of the exposure control parameters of the next divided area is transmitted to the stage control system. Therefore, between the end of the exposure of one divided area on the object and before the synchronous stabilization period of the two stages required for the exposure of the next divided area, it is possible to use the method of not stopping the two stages. The control program for the two stages created by the stage control system. That is, the stage control system does not need to temporarily stop the two stages before accelerating in order to obtain the setting information of the exposure control parameters for unloading a divided area from the upper device, so there is no stop time, and the production can be improved accordingly. ability. In this case, there is no hindrance, so the performance of other devices will not be damaged. Also, in this case, the stage control system may start the synchronous control operation of the two stages from the start of the related deceleration in the above-mentioned scanning direction.

该场合时,上述控制装置可以在对上述一个划分区域进行曝光时,把上述设定信息发送给上述载物台控制系统。In this case, the control device may transmit the setting information to the stage control system when exposing the one divided area.

上述控制装置在从对上述一个划分区域进行曝光时起发送上述设定信息时,可以发送下一个及其以后的多个划分区域的曝光用所需的控制参数的设定信息。The control device may transmit setting information of control parameters necessary for exposure of the next and subsequent plurality of divided regions when transmitting the setting information after exposing the one divided region.

本发明的第1曝光装置的上述载物台控制系统可以在上述下一划分区域曝光前的上述两载物台的同步稳定期间之前,结束与上述设定信息相适应的两载物台的位置设定。这样,可以缩短上述曝光前的两载物台的同步稳定用时间,所以能够进一步提高生产能力。In the first exposure apparatus of the present invention, the stage control system can end the positions of the two stages according to the setting information before the synchronization stabilization period of the two stages before the exposure of the next divided area. set up. In this way, the time required for the synchronization and stabilization of the two stages before the above-mentioned exposure can be shortened, so that the throughput can be further improved.

本发明的第1曝光装置的上述载物台控制系统,在垂直于上述扫描方向的非扫描方向的同一行内的划分区域之间,在对一个划分区域的曝光结束后,可以在上述曝光结束后开始减速之前确保上述两载物台在上述扫描方向上匀速移动的后稳定期间,在不同行之间移动时,可以在对一个划分区域的曝光结束后,马上开始上述两载物台的减速动作。In the above-mentioned stage control system of the first exposure apparatus of the present invention, between the divided areas in the same row in the non-scanning direction perpendicular to the above-mentioned scanning direction, after the exposure of one divided area is completed, after the end of the above-mentioned exposure Before starting to decelerate, ensure that the above-mentioned two stages move at a constant speed in the above-mentioned scanning direction during the post-stabilization period. When moving between different rows, the deceleration of the above-mentioned two stages can be started immediately after the exposure of a divided area is completed. .

根据本发明的第2观点所提供的第2曝光装置,在规定的扫描方向上同步移动掩模板和物体,把上述掩模板的图形依次转印到上述物体上的多个划分区域中,具有:掩模板载物台,支撑上述掩模板,至少可以在上述扫描方向上移动;物体载物台,支撑上述物体,可以在二维平面内进行移动;载物台控制系统,控制上述两载物台;和控制装置,在垂直于上述物体上的上述扫描方向的非扫描方向上的任意行内的最终划分区域的曝光结束后,到为了进行其他行的最初划分区域的曝光,通过上述载物台控制系统进行上述两载物台的移动控制期间,把上述其他行内的多个划分区域的曝光用所需的控制参数的设定信息传送给上述载物台控制系统。According to the second exposure device provided by the second viewpoint of the present invention, the mask plate and the object are moved synchronously in a predetermined scanning direction, and the pattern of the mask plate is sequentially transferred to a plurality of divided areas on the object, and has: The mask stage supports the above-mentioned mask and can move at least in the above-mentioned scanning direction; the object stage supports the above-mentioned object and can move in a two-dimensional plane; the stage control system controls the above-mentioned two stages and the control device, after the exposure of the final divided area in any row in the non-scanning direction perpendicular to the above-mentioned scanning direction on the above-mentioned object is completed, to the exposure of the initial divided area in order to carry out other rows, controlled by the above-mentioned stage While the system is controlling the movement of the two stages, it transmits the setting information of the control parameters required for the exposure of the plurality of divided areas in the other row to the stage control system.

其中,“两载物台的移动控制”的概念包括对至少一方载物台的停止控制。Wherein, the concept of "movement control of two stages" includes stop control of at least one stage.

这样,通过控制装置,在物体上的非扫描方向上的任意行内的最终划分区域的曝光结束后,到为了进行其他行的最初划分区域的曝光,而通过载物台控制系统进行两载物台的移动控制期间,可以把其他行内的多个划分区域的曝光用控制参数的设定信息传送给上述载物台控制系统。因此,即使在从对上述物体上的一个划分区域的曝光结束后到两载物台开始减速前的时间短,在此期间传送下一划分区域的曝光用所需的控制参数的设定信息变困难时,也能在从上述曝光结束后到下一划分区域的曝光所需要的两载物台的同步稳定期间之前,采用由使两载物台不停止的载物台控制系统作成的两载物台的控制程序。因此,不需要使两载物台在加速前暂且停止,所以不存在停止时间,相应地可以提高生产能力。该场合时,不会产生什么妨碍,所以不会损坏其他的装置性能。另外,该场合时,载物台控制系统可以从上述扫描方向上的相关减速时起,开始进行两载物台的同步控制动作。In this way, through the control device, after the exposure of the final divided area in any row on the object in the non-scanning direction is completed, in order to perform the exposure of the first divided area of other lines, the two stages are controlled by the stage control system. During the movement control period, the setting information of the exposure control parameters of multiple divided areas in other rows can be transmitted to the above-mentioned stage control system. Therefore, even if the time from the end of the exposure of one divided area on the object to the start of deceleration of the two stages is short, the setting information of the control parameters required for the exposure of the next divided area is transmitted during this period. When it is difficult, it is also possible to use the two-stage control system made by the stage control system that makes the two stages not stop before the synchronization and stabilization period of the two stages required for the exposure of the next divided area after the above-mentioned exposure is completed. The control program of the stage. Therefore, there is no need to temporarily stop the two stages before acceleration, so there is no stop time, and productivity can be improved accordingly. In this case, there is no hindrance, so the performance of other devices will not be damaged. Also, in this case, the stage control system may start the synchronous control operation of the two stages from the above-mentioned relative deceleration in the scanning direction.

该场合时,上述载物台控制系统可以在上述其他行的每个划分区域开始曝光前的上述两载物台的同步稳定期间之前,结束与上述设定信息相适应的两载物台的位置设定。这样,可以缩短上述下一行的每个划分区域开始曝光前的两载物台的同步稳定用时间,所以能够进一步提高生产能力。In this case, the stage control system may end the positioning of the two stages according to the above-mentioned setting information before the synchronization and stabilization period of the two stages before the exposure of each divided area of the other row is started. set up. In this way, it is possible to shorten the time required for the synchronization and stabilization of the two stages before the exposure of each divided area of the next row is started, so that the throughput can be further improved.

根据本发明的第3观点所提供的第3曝光装置,在规定的扫描方向上同步移动掩模板和物体,把上述掩模板的图形依次转印到上述物体上的多个划分区域中,具有:掩模板载物台,支撑上述掩模板,至少可以在上述扫描方向上移动;物体载物台,支撑上述物体,可以在二维平面内进行移动;载物台控制系统,控制上述两载物台;和控制装置,在与上述物体上的各划分区域的规定点进行位置匹配所需要的排列信息的检测动作结束后,到第1号划分区域的曝光开始前的期间,把上述物体上的上述多个划分区域的所有曝光用所需的控制参数的设定信息,传送给上述载物台控制系统。According to the third exposure device provided by the third viewpoint of the present invention, the mask plate and the object are moved synchronously in a predetermined scanning direction, and the pattern of the mask plate is sequentially transferred to a plurality of divided areas on the object, and has: The mask stage supports the above-mentioned mask and can move at least in the above-mentioned scanning direction; the object stage supports the above-mentioned object and can move in a two-dimensional plane; the stage control system controls the above-mentioned two stages and the control device, after the detection action of the arrangement information required for position matching with the specified points of each divided area on the above-mentioned object is completed, and during the period before the exposure of the No. 1 divided area starts, the above-mentioned on the above-mentioned object The setting information of the control parameters required for all the exposures of the plurality of divided areas is sent to the above-mentioned stage control system.

这样,通过控制装置,物体上的多个划分区域的所有曝光用所需的控制参数的设定信息,可以在与物体上的各划分区域的规定点进行位置匹配所需要的排列信息的检测动作结束后,到第1号划分区域的曝光开始前的期间,被传送给载物台控制系统。因此,在第1号划分区域的曝光开始后的曝光处理期间,不需要进行上述控制参数的设定信息的传送,所以在从相对物体上的第1号划分区域的曝光开始到最终划分区域的曝光结束前期间,可以采用由使两载物台不停止的载物台控制系统作成的两载物台的控制程序。因此,可以提高生产能力。该场合时,不会产生什么妨碍,所以不会损坏其他的装置性能。In this way, through the control device, the setting information of the control parameters required for all the exposures of the plurality of divided areas on the object can be used to perform the detection operation of the arrangement information required for position matching with the specified points of each divided area on the object. After the end, the period until the exposure of the No. 1 divided area starts is sent to the stage control system. Therefore, during the exposure process after the exposure start of the No. 1 divided area, it is not necessary to transmit the setting information of the above-mentioned control parameters. During the period until the end of exposure, a control program for both stages created by the stage control system that does not stop the two stages can be used. Therefore, productivity can be improved. In this case, there is no hindrance, so the performance of other devices will not be damaged.

该场合时,上述载物台控制系统可以使上述物体上的每个划分区域,在曝光前的上述两载物台的同步稳定期间之前,结束与上述设定信息相适应的两载物台的位置设定。这样,可以缩短物体上的每个划分区域开始曝光前的两载物台的同步稳定用时间,所以能够进一步提高生产能力。In this case, the above-mentioned stage control system can cause each divided area on the above-mentioned object to end the synchronization of the two stages corresponding to the above-mentioned setting information before the synchronization and stabilization period of the above-mentioned two stages before exposure. location settings. In this way, the time required for the synchronization and stabilization of the two stages before each divided area on the object starts to be exposed can be shortened, so that the throughput can be further improved.

在上述第1~第3曝光装置中,上述控制参数可以包括曝光前测定的与上述划分区域的排列相关的参数,上述设定信息可以包括,考虑了由于相对规定的载物台坐标系的划分区域的排列误差而产生的划分区域间的移动量校正值的信息。In the above-mentioned first to third exposure devices, the control parameters may include parameters related to the arrangement of the divided regions measured before exposure, and the setting information may include, taking into account the division of the stage coordinate system due to the relative regulation Information on the movement amount correction value between divided areas due to the arrangement error of the area.

该场合时,上述划分区域的排列误差可以包括:上述物体的转动误差、规定上述物体的移动的载物台坐标系的垂直度误差、上述物体在载物台坐标系上的偏移量、上述物体的放大缩小误差中的至少一个。In this case, the arrangement error of the above-mentioned divided regions may include: the rotation error of the above-mentioned object, the verticality error of the stage coordinate system that specifies the movement of the above-mentioned object, the offset of the above-mentioned object on the stage coordinate system, the above-mentioned At least one of zoom-in and zoom-out errors of the object.

另外,本发明的第1~第3曝光装置中,上述载物台控制系统,在垂直于上述扫描方向的非扫描方向的同一行内的划分区域之间,在上述两载物台在上述扫描方向上减速后进行加速的助走动作时,可以根据按照已两极化的编码反转后的加速度率曲线所得的指令值,控制上述两载物台。In addition, in the first to third exposure apparatuses of the present invention, the stage control system is configured such that, between the divisional areas in the same row in the non-scanning direction perpendicular to the scanning direction, between the two stages in the scanning direction When performing acceleration walking after deceleration, the above-mentioned two stages can be controlled according to the command value obtained from the acceleration rate curve after inversion of the polarized code.

该场合时,上述载物台控制系统,在上述非扫描方向不同的行的划分区域之间进行上述两载物台的上述扫描方向上的移动动作时,可以根据按照四极化后的加速度率曲线所得的指令值控制上述物体载物台,或者,上述载物台控制系统,与上述两载物台在上述扫描方向上的上述划分区域间的上述助走动作并行,可以根据按照至少2极是不同形状的合计四极化后的加速度率曲线所得的指令值,进行使上述物体载物台在上述非扫描方向上移动的划分区域间的移动动作。In this case, when the above-mentioned stage control system moves the above-mentioned two stages in the above-mentioned scanning direction between the divided areas of the lines with different non-scanning directions, it can The instruction value obtained from the curve controls the above-mentioned object stage, or the above-mentioned object stage control system is parallel to the above-mentioned walking aid action between the above-mentioned divided areas of the above-mentioned two stages in the above-mentioned scanning direction, and can be based on at least 2 poles Command values obtained by summing the acceleration curves after four polarizations of different shapes are used to perform a moving operation between divided areas for moving the object stage in the non-scanning direction.

根据本发明的第4观点所提供的第4曝光装置,在规定的扫描方向上同步移动掩模板和物体,把上述掩模板的图形依次转印到上述物体上的多个划分区域中,具有:掩模板载物台,支撑上述掩模板,至少可以在上述扫描方向上移动;物体载物台,支撑上述物体,可以在二维平面内进行移动;和载物台控制系统,控制上述两载物台,同时在对上述物体上的一个划分区域的曝光结束后,在上述两载物台在上述扫描方向上被减速时,开始进行下一划分区域曝光所需要的上述两载物台的同步控制。According to the fourth exposure device provided by the fourth viewpoint of the present invention, the reticle and the object are moved synchronously in a predetermined scanning direction, and the pattern of the reticle is sequentially transferred to a plurality of divided areas on the object, and has: A mask stage, supporting the above mask, can move at least in the above scanning direction; an object stage, supporting the above object, can move in a two-dimensional plane; and a stage control system, controlling the above two objects At the same time, after the exposure of a divided area on the above-mentioned object is completed, when the above-mentioned two-stages are decelerated in the above-mentioned scanning direction, the synchronous control of the above-mentioned two-stages required for the exposure of the next divided area is started. .

这样,控制上述两载物台的载物台控制系统,在对物体上的一个划分区域的曝光结束后,在上述扫描方向上使两载物台减速时,开始进行下一划分区域曝光所需要的两载物台的同步控制。因此,例如,与在两载物台的减速结束后马上开始同步控制比,可以更早地完成曝光开始前的两载物台的同步稳定,能够缩短同步稳定时间,提高生产能力。该场合时,不会产生什么妨碍,所以不会损坏其他的装置性能。In this way, the stage control system that controls the above-mentioned two stages, after the exposure of a divided area on the object is completed, when the two stages are decelerated in the above-mentioned scanning direction, it is necessary to start the exposure of the next divided area. Synchronous control of the two stages. Therefore, for example, the synchronization control of the two stages before the start of exposure can be completed earlier than when the synchronization control is started immediately after the deceleration of the two stages is completed, the synchronization stabilization time can be shortened, and the throughput can be improved. In this case, there is no hindrance, so the performance of other devices will not be damaged.

根据本发明的第5观点所提供的第5曝光装置,在规定的扫描方向上同步移动掩模板和物体,把上述掩模板的图形依次转印到上述物体上的多个划分区域中,具有:掩模板载物台,支撑上述掩模板,至少可以在上述扫描方向上移动;物体载物台,支撑上述物体,可以在二维平面内进行移动;和载物台控制系统,控制上述两载物台的同时,在垂直于上述扫描方向的非扫描方向的同一行内的划分区域之间,使上述两载物台在上述扫描方向上减速后进行加速的助走动作时,可以根据按照已两极化的编码反转后的加速度率曲线所得的指令值,控制上述两载物台。According to the fifth exposure device provided by the fifth viewpoint of the present invention, the reticle and the object are moved synchronously in a predetermined scanning direction, and the pattern of the reticle is sequentially transferred to a plurality of divided areas on the object, and has: A mask stage, supporting the above mask, can move at least in the above scanning direction; an object stage, supporting the above object, can move in a two-dimensional plane; and a stage control system, controlling the above two objects At the same time, between the divided areas in the same row in the non-scanning direction perpendicular to the scanning direction, when the above-mentioned two stages are decelerated in the scanning direction and then accelerated in the walking-assistance action, according to the polarized The instruction value obtained from the acceleration rate curve after coding inversion is used to control the above two stages.

这样,通过控制上述两载物台的载物台控制系统,在垂直于扫描方向的非扫描方向的同一行内的划分区域之间,进行两载物台在扫描方向上减速后被加速的助走动作时,可以根据按照已两极化的编码反转后的加速度率曲线所得的指令值,控制上述两载物台。即,此时的物体载物台(及掩模板载物台)的加速度曲线是梯形状,所以速度的变化一定,没有速度为零的期间,而且可以进行所谓的交替扫描,因此可以缩短上述助走动作所需的时间。另外,该场合时,可以抑制上述加速度率曲线的峰值(加速度的时间变化率即跳动(加速度率)的绝对值的最大值),所以能够缩小最大加速度相对物体载物台的加速度的平均值的比,同时可以抑制加速度的急剧变化及其频度。因此,能够提高生产能力,同时抑制物体载物台(及掩模板载物台)的驱动系统,例如线性电机等的使用电力。该场合时,不会产生什么妨碍,所以不会损坏其他的装置性能。In this way, by controlling the stage control system of the above two stages, between the divided areas in the same row in the non-scanning direction perpendicular to the scanning direction, the two stages are decelerated in the scanning direction and then accelerated. , the above two stages can be controlled according to the command value obtained from the acceleration rate curve after the polarized code is reversed. That is, the acceleration curve of the object stage (and mask stage) at this time is trapezoidal, so the change in velocity is constant, there is no period when the velocity is zero, and so-called alternate scanning can be performed, so the above-mentioned walking aid can be shortened The time required for the action. In addition, in this case, the peak value of the above-mentioned jerk curve (the maximum value of the absolute value of the jerk (jerk rate) that is the time rate of change of acceleration) can be suppressed, so the difference between the maximum acceleration and the average value of the acceleration of the object stage can be reduced. Ratio, and at the same time can suppress the rapid change of acceleration and its frequency. Therefore, the productivity can be improved while suppressing the power consumption of the drive system of the object stage (and the mask stage), such as linear motors. In this case, there is no hindrance, so the performance of other devices will not be damaged.

该场合时,上述已两极化的编码反转后的加速度率曲线可以是不同形状。In this case, the above-mentioned jerk curve after inversion of the polarized code may have a different shape.

该场合时,上述载物台控制系统,可以把在对上述划分区域曝光结束后上述减速开始前使上述两载物台进行匀速移动的后稳定期间,设定得长于曝光开始前的上述两载物台的同步稳定期间,同时把划分区域曝光结束后的加速度率曲线的峰值设定得大于曝光开始前的加速度率曲线的峰值。这样,可以使两载物台的加速结束位置与规定的目标位置一致,并且抑制在该加速结束位置的控制滞后以及由此引起的两载物台的同步误差,所以能够缩短曝光前的同步稳定时间。In this case, the stage control system may set the post-stabilization period during which the two stages move at a constant speed after the exposure to the divided area is finished and before the deceleration starts to be longer than the two stages before the exposure starts. During the synchronous stabilization period of the object stage, at the same time, the peak value of the acceleration rate curve after the end of the exposure of the divided area is set to be greater than the peak value of the acceleration rate curve before the exposure starts. In this way, the acceleration end positions of the two stages can be made consistent with the specified target position, and the control hysteresis at the acceleration end position and the synchronization error of the two stages caused by this can be suppressed, so the synchronization stability before exposure can be shortened. time.

在本发明的第5曝光装置中,上述已两极化的编码反转后的加速度率曲线可以是相同形状。In the fifth exposure apparatus of the present invention, the jerk curves after inversion of the polarized codes may have the same shape.

本发明的第5曝光装置的上述载物台控制系统,在上述非扫描方向不同的行的划分区域之间,进行上述两载物台在上述扫描方向上的移动动作时,可以根据按照四极化后的加速度率曲线所得的指令值,控制上述物体载物台。In the above-mentioned stage control system of the fifth exposure apparatus of the present invention, when the above-mentioned two stages are moved in the above-mentioned scanning direction between the divisional areas of the lines different in the above-mentioned non-scanning direction, it can be based on the quadrupole The command value obtained from the transformed acceleration rate curve is used to control the above-mentioned object stage.

该场合时,上述四极化后的加速度率曲线可以是至少两极值不同的形状。In this case, the above-mentioned four-polarized jerk curve may have a shape in which at least two extreme values are different.

本发明的第5曝光装置的上述载物台控制系统,与上述两载物台的上述扫描方向上的上述划分区域间的上述助走动作并行,可以根据按照至少2极是不同形状的合计四极化后的加速度率曲线所得的指令值,进行使上述物体载物台在上述非扫描方向上移动的划分区域间的移动动作。In the fifth exposure apparatus of the present invention, the stage control system is parallel to the walking assist operation between the divided areas in the scanning direction of the two stages, and can be based on a total of quadrupoles whose shapes are different according to at least two poles. The movement operation between the divided areas for moving the object stage in the non-scanning direction is performed using the command value obtained from the converted acceleration rate curve.

根据本发明的第6观点所提供的第6曝光装置,在规定的扫描方向上同步移动掩模板和物体,把上述掩模板的图形依次转印到上述物体上的多个划分区域中,具有:掩模板载物台,支撑上述掩模板,至少可以在上述扫描方向上移动;物体载物台,支撑上述物体,可以在二维平面内进行移动;和载物台控制系统,控制上述两载物台,同时,在垂直于上述扫描方向的非扫描方向的同一行内的划分区域之间,在对一个划分区域的曝光结束后,可以在上述曝光结束后开始减速之前确保上述两载物台在上述扫描方向上匀速移动后的稳定期间,在不同行之间移动时,可以在相对一个划分区域的曝光结束后,马上开始上述两载物台的减速动作。According to the sixth exposure device provided by the sixth viewpoint of the present invention, the reticle and the object are moved synchronously in a predetermined scanning direction, and the pattern of the reticle is sequentially transferred to a plurality of divided areas on the object, and has: A mask stage, supporting the above mask, can move at least in the above scanning direction; an object stage, supporting the above object, can move in a two-dimensional plane; and a stage control system, controlling the above two objects At the same time, between the divided areas in the same row in the non-scanning direction perpendicular to the above-mentioned scanning direction, after the exposure to a divided area is completed, it is possible to ensure that the above-mentioned two stages are in the above-mentioned position before starting to decelerate after the above-mentioned exposure. During the stable period after moving at a constant speed in the scanning direction, when moving between different rows, the deceleration of the above two stages can be started immediately after the exposure of a divided area ends.

这样,载物台控制系统,在垂直于上述扫描方向的非扫描方向的同一行内的划分区域之间,在对一个划分区域的曝光结束后,可以在上述曝光结束后开始减速之前确保上述两载物台在上述扫描方向上匀速移动的后稳定期间,而在不同行之间移动时,可以在对上述一个划分区域的曝光结束后,马上开始上述两载物台的减速动作。因此,在不同行之间移动时不存在上述后稳定期间,相应地可以提高生产能力。该场合时,不会产生什么妨碍,所以不会损坏其他的装置性能。In this way, the stage control system, between the divided areas in the same row in the non-scanning direction perpendicular to the above-mentioned scanning direction, after the exposure to a divided area is completed, the above-mentioned two loads can be ensured before starting to decelerate after the above-mentioned exposure. During the post-stabilization period during which the object table moves at a constant speed in the scanning direction, when moving between different rows, the deceleration of the two object stages can be started immediately after the exposure to the above-mentioned one divided area is completed. Thus, there is no post-stabilization period as described above when moving between rows, with a corresponding increase in throughput. In this case, there is no hindrance, so the performance of other devices will not be damaged.

上述本发明的第1~第6曝光装置的上述载物台系统,控制两载物台,以便在对上述物体上的一个划分区域的曝光结束后,为了进行下一划分区域的曝光,使上述两载物台在上述扫描方向上减速后被加速的助走动作,和上述物体载物台在垂直于上述扫描方向的非扫描方向上移动的划分区域间的移动动作可以同时并行进行,并且,使上述物体载物台向上述非扫描方向移动的动作,在上述下一划分区域曝光前的上述两载物台的同步稳定期间之前结束。这样,在对上述物体上的一个划分区域的曝光结束后,为了进行下一划分区域的曝光,使上述两载物台在上述扫描方向上减速后被加速的助走动作和物体载物台在非扫描方向上移动的划分区域间的移动动作中的至少一部分可以重叠,所以,和物体载物台在非扫描方向的上述划分区域间的移动动作结束后,开始两载物台在扫描方向的加速动作的场合比,能够提高生产能力。另外,在两载物台在扫描方向上的助走动作结束时,物体载物台在非扫描方向的上述划分区域间的移动动作结束,所以载物台控制系统可以在同步稳定期间,只进行两载物台的同步调整,所以能缩短稳定期间。The above-mentioned stage systems of the first to sixth exposure apparatuses of the present invention control the two stages so that after the exposure of one divided area on the above-mentioned object is completed, the above-mentioned The walking-assistance action in which the two stages are decelerated in the scanning direction and then accelerated, and the moving action between the divided areas in which the object stage moves in the non-scanning direction perpendicular to the scanning direction can be performed simultaneously and in parallel, and the The movement of the object stage in the non-scanning direction is completed before the synchronization stabilization period of the two stages before the exposure of the next divided area. In this way, after the exposure of a divided area on the above-mentioned object is completed, in order to perform the exposure of the next divided area, the above-mentioned two stages are decelerated in the above-mentioned scanning direction and then accelerated. At least a part of the moving actions between the divided areas moving in the scanning direction can overlap, so after the movement of the object stage between the above-mentioned divided areas in the non-scanning direction is completed, the acceleration of the two stages in the scanning direction is started. Compared with the occasion of action, the production capacity can be improved. In addition, when the walking-assisting action of the two stages in the scanning direction ends, the movement of the object stage between the above-mentioned divided areas in the non-scanning direction ends, so the stage control system can only perform two steps during the synchronization and stabilization period. Synchronous adjustment of the stage, so the stabilization period can be shortened.

根据本发明的第7观点所提供的第7曝光装置,在规定的扫描方向上同步移动掩模板和物体,把上述掩模板的图形依次转印到上述物体上的多个划分区域中,具有:掩模板载物台,支撑上述掩模板,至少可以在上述扫描方向上移动;两个物体载物台,分别支撑上述物体,并可以独力地在二维平面内进行移动;和载物台控制系统,和在上述任意一个物体载物台上进行的规定处理并行,进行对由另一个物体载物台支撑的物体上的多个划分区域的曝光时,在垂直于上述扫描方向的非扫描方向的同一行内的划分区域间,在上述掩模板载物台和上述另一个物体载物台在上述扫描方向上减速后进行加速的助走动作时,根据按照已两极化的编码反转后的加速度率曲线所得的指令值,控制上述另一方物体载物台。According to the seventh exposure device provided by the seventh viewpoint of the present invention, the reticle and the object are moved synchronously in a predetermined scanning direction, and the pattern of the reticle is sequentially transferred to a plurality of divided areas on the object, and has: a reticle stage supporting said reticle and capable of moving at least in said scanning direction; two object stages each supporting said object and capable of independently moving in a two-dimensional plane; and a stage control system , in parallel with the prescribed processing performed on any one of the above-mentioned object stages, when exposing a plurality of divided regions on an object supported by another object stage, in the non-scanning direction perpendicular to the above-mentioned scanning direction Between the divided areas in the same row, when the above-mentioned mask stage and the above-mentioned another object stage are decelerated in the above-mentioned scanning direction and then accelerate the walking action, according to the acceleration rate curve after inversion according to the polarized code The obtained command value controls the above-mentioned other object stage.

这样,和在上述任意一个物体载物台上进行的规定处理并行,进行对由另一个物体载物台支撑的物体上的多个划分区域的曝光时,通过载物台控制系统,在垂直于扫描方向的非扫描方向的同一行内的划分区域间,在掩模板载物台和另一个物体载物台在扫描方向上减速后进行加速的助走动作时,根据按照已两极化的编码反转后的加速度率曲线所得的指令值,控制这些载物台(掩模板载物台和另一方物体载物台)。即,此时的另一个物体载物台(及掩模板载物台)的加速度曲线是梯形状,所以速度的变化一定,没有速度为零的期间,而且可以进行所谓的交替扫描,因此可以缩短上述助走动作所需的时间。另外,该场合时,可以抑制上述加速度率曲线的峰值(加速度的时间变化率即跳动(加速度率)的绝对值的最大值),所以能够缩小最大加速度相对另一方物体载物台的加速度的平均值的比,同时可以抑制加速度的急剧变化及其频度。此时,上述一个物体载物台和另一个物体载物台分别是任意的。所以,通过切换两载物台,可以进行相同的并行处理。In this way, in parallel with the predetermined processing performed on any one of the above-mentioned object stages, when exposing a plurality of divided regions on an object supported by another object stage, through the stage control system, the Between the divided areas in the same row in the non-scanning direction of the scanning direction, when the mask stage and another object stage decelerate in the scanning direction and then perform an accelerated walking action, according to the polarized code after inversion These stages (reticle stage and other object stage) are controlled using command values obtained from the acceleration rate curve. That is, the acceleration curve of the other object stage (and mask stage) at this time is trapezoidal, so the change in velocity is constant, there is no period when the velocity is zero, and so-called alternate scanning can be performed, so it can be shortened. The time required for the walking aid described above. In addition, in this case, the peak value of the above-mentioned jerk curve (the maximum value of the absolute value of the jerk (jerk rate) that is the time change rate of acceleration) can be suppressed, so the average value of the maximum acceleration relative to the acceleration of the other object stage can be reduced. The ratio of the value can suppress the sharp change of acceleration and its frequency at the same time. At this time, each of the above-mentioned one object stage and the other object stage is arbitrary. Therefore, the same parallel processing can be performed by switching the two stages.

因此,能够提高生产能力,同时抑制各物体载物台(及掩模板载物台)的驱动系统,例如线性电机等的使用电力。该场合时,不会产生什么妨碍,所以不会损坏其他的装置性能。Therefore, the productivity can be improved while suppressing the power consumption of the drive system of each object stage (and mask stage), such as linear motors. In this case, there is no hindrance, so the performance of other devices will not be damaged.

该场合时,上述载物台控制系统,在上述非扫描方向不同的行的划分区域间,上述掩模板载物台和上述另一个载物台在上述扫描方向上进行移动动作时,可以根据按照四极化后的加速度率曲线所得的指令值,控制上述另一个物体载物台。In this case, the stage control system may, when the reticle stage and the other stage move in the scanning direction between the divided areas of the rows in the non-scanning direction, according to The instruction value obtained from the acceleration rate curve after four polarizations is used to control the above-mentioned another object stage.

本发明的第7曝光装置的上述载物台控制系统,使上述掩模板载物台和上述另一个载物台在上述扫描方向上的上述划分区域间的上述助走动作并行,可以根据按照至少两极值是不同形状的合计四极化后的加速度率曲线所得的指令值,进行使上述另一个物体载物台在上述非扫描方向上移动的划分区域间的移动动作。In the seventh exposure apparatus of the present invention, the stage control system parallelizes the walk-assist operations between the reticle stage and the other stage between the divided regions in the scanning direction, and can be based on at least two The extremum is a command value obtained by summing up four-polarized acceleration curves of different shapes, and a moving operation is performed between divided regions for moving the other object stage in the non-scanning direction.

本发明的第7曝光装置中,和上述另一个载物台上的曝光动作并行进行的一个载物台侧的上述规定处理,可以认为是各种处理。例如,还具有检测形成于上述物体上的标志的标志检测系统时,上述规定处理可以包括:利用上述标志检测系统检测形成于物体上的标志的标志检测处理,该物体被放置在上述任意一个物体载物台上。In the seventh exposure apparatus of the present invention, the above-mentioned predetermined processing on the side of one stage performed in parallel with the exposure operation on the above-mentioned other stage can be regarded as various processing. For example, when there is also a mark detection system that detects a mark formed on the above-mentioned object, the above-mentioned prescribed processing may include: a mark detection process that uses the above-mentioned mark detection system to detect a mark formed on an object placed on any one of the above-mentioned objects on the stage.

根据本发明的第8观点所提供的第8曝光装置,在规定的扫描方向上同步移动掩模板和物体,把上述掩模板的图形依次转印到上述物体上的多个划分区域中,具有:掩模板载物台,支撑上述掩模板,至少可以在上述扫描方向上移动;物体载物台,支撑上述物体,并可以在二维平面内进行移动;和载物台控制系统,控制上述两载物台,其中,上述载物台控制系统,在垂直于上述扫描方向的非扫描方向的同一行内的划分区域间,在对一个划分区域的曝光结束后,上述两载物台在上述扫描方向上匀速移动的后稳定期间,开始在上述物体载物台上进行,使上述扫描方向的移动动作和上述非扫描方向的移动动作同时并行的移动动作。According to the eighth exposure device provided by the eighth viewpoint of the present invention, the mask plate and the object are moved synchronously in a predetermined scanning direction, and the pattern of the above mask plate is sequentially transferred to a plurality of divided areas on the above object, and has: A mask stage, supporting the above mask, can move at least in the above scanning direction; an object stage, supporting the above object, and can move in a two-dimensional plane; and a stage control system, controlling the above two The object stage, wherein, the above-mentioned stage control system, between the divided areas in the same row in the non-scanning direction perpendicular to the above-mentioned scanning direction, after the exposure to one divided area is completed, the above-mentioned two stages in the above-mentioned scanning direction During the post-stabilization period of the constant speed movement, the moving operation in the scanning direction and the moving operation in the non-scanning direction are performed simultaneously and in parallel on the object stage.

这样,载物台控制系统进行以下控制,使在非扫描方向的同一行内的划分区域间,扫描方向的移动动作和非扫描方向的移动动作同时并行的移动动作,在对一个划分区域的曝光结束后,两载物台在扫描方向上匀速移动的后稳定期间(匀速过扫描),开始在物体载物台上进行,所以可以使产生于非扫描方向的加减速控制提早结束,提早量是该后稳定期间(匀速过扫描)。这样,在下一划分区域曝光所需要的扫描方向的同步控制开始之前,可以结束非扫描方向的步进,所以,载物台控制系统在下一划分区域曝光用同步控制时间(前稳定时间)期间,可以只进行扫描方向的同步控制。此外,进行同步控制时,基本不存在非扫描方向的减速影响,所以能够缩短同步稳定时间,及与其对应的匀速过扫描时间(后稳定时间)。因此,能够提高生产能力。该场合时,不会产生什么妨碍,所以不会损坏其他的装置性能。In this way, the stage control system performs the following control, so that between the divided areas in the same row in the non-scanning direction, the moving action in the scanning direction and the moving action in the non-scanning direction are moved in parallel at the same time, and the exposure to one divided area is completed. Finally, the post-stabilization period (uniform overscanning) of the two stages moving at a constant speed in the scanning direction starts on the object stage, so the acceleration and deceleration control generated in the non-scanning direction can be ended early, and the amount of advance is the Post-stabilization period (uniform overscan). In this way, before the synchronous control in the scanning direction required for the exposure of the next divided area starts, the stepping in the non-scanning direction can be completed. Therefore, the stage control system can Only the synchronous control of the scanning direction can be performed. In addition, when performing synchronous control, there is basically no deceleration effect in the non-scanning direction, so the synchronous stabilization time and the corresponding constant speed overscanning time (post-settling time) can be shortened. Therefore, productivity can be improved. In this case, there is no hindrance, so the performance of other devices will not be damaged.

该场合时,上述载物台控制系统可以在对下一划分区域的曝光前的上述两载物台的同步稳定期间开始之前,在上述物体载物台上进行上述同时并行的移动动作。In this case, the stage control system may perform the simultaneous parallel moving operation on the object stage before the start of the synchronization stabilization period of the two stages before exposure to the next divided area.

上述载物台控制系统,可以控制上述物体载物台,以便在同步稳定期间开始之前,结束上述非扫描方向的移动动作。The stage control system may control the object stage so that the movement in the non-scanning direction ends before the synchronous stabilization period starts.

上述载物台控制系统,可以在对上述一个划分区域的曝光结束后,在上述物体载物台上马上开始上述同时并行的移动动作。The above-mentioned stage control system may start the above-mentioned simultaneous and parallel moving operation on the above-mentioned object stage immediately after the exposure to the above-mentioned one divided area is completed.

根据本发明的第9观点所提供的载物台装置,具有:载物台,用于支撑物体,并可以在二维平面内进行移动;和载物台控制系统,控制上述载物台,使上述载物台在规定的第1轴方向减速后被加速的第1轴方向移动动作、和在垂直于上述第1轴方向的第2轴方向移动的第2轴方向移动动作同时并行进行,同时,在进行上述第1轴方向移动动作时,根据按照已两极化的编码反转后的加速度率曲线所得的指令值,控制上述载物台。The stage device provided according to the ninth aspect of the present invention has: a stage for supporting objects and capable of moving in a two-dimensional plane; and a stage control system for controlling the stage so that The moving operation of the stage in the first axial direction, which is accelerated after being decelerated in the predetermined first axial direction, and the moving operation of the second axial direction in the second axial direction perpendicular to the first axial direction are performed simultaneously in parallel, and simultaneously , when performing the moving operation in the first axis direction, the stage is controlled according to the command value obtained according to the acceleration rate curve after the polarized code is reversed.

这样,通过载物台控制系统,载物台在第1轴方向减速后被加速的第1轴方向移动动作、和在垂直于第1轴方向的第2轴方向移动的第2轴方向移动动作同时并行,载物台是沿U字状或V字状轨迹移动。此时,载物台在进行第1轴方向移动动作时,根据按照已两极化的编码反转后的加速度率曲线所得的指令值而被控制。此时的载物台的加速度曲线是梯形状,所以,速度的变化一定,不存在速度为零的期间,由此可以缩短第1轴方向移动动作所需时间。另外,可以抑制上述加速度率曲线的峰值,所以能够缩小最大加速度相对载物台的加速度的平均值的比,同时能够抑制加速度的急剧变化及其频度。因此,可以提高生产能力,抑制载物台的驱动系统的使用电力,例如线性电机等。In this way, through the stage control system, the stage moves in the first axis direction after being decelerated in the first axis direction and then accelerated, and the second axis direction movement operation in the second axis direction perpendicular to the first axis direction. Simultaneously, the stage moves along a U-shaped or V-shaped trajectory. At this time, when the stage moves in the first axis direction, it is controlled based on the command value obtained from the jerk curve after inversion of the polarized code. At this time, the acceleration curve of the stage is trapezoidal, so the change in velocity is constant, and there is no period in which the velocity is zero, thereby reducing the time required for the movement operation in the first axis direction. In addition, since the peak value of the above-mentioned jerk curve can be suppressed, the ratio of the maximum acceleration to the average value of the stage's acceleration can be reduced, and rapid changes in acceleration and their frequency can be suppressed. Therefore, the productivity can be improved, and the electric power used by the driving system of the stage, such as a linear motor, can be suppressed.

上述载物台控制系统,在进行上述第2轴方向移动动作时,可以根据至少两极值是不同的形状、合计四极化后的加速度率曲线所得的指令值,控制上述载物台。The stage control system may control the stage based on a command value obtained by summing up four polarized acceleration curves with at least two extreme values having different shapes when performing the moving operation in the second axis direction.

另外,在光刻工序,通过使用本发明的第1~第8曝光装置中的任一个进行曝光,能够以高生产能力把掩模板的图形转印到晶片W上的各划分区域。结果,可以提高高集成度的器件的生产效率。所以,根据本发明的另外其他观点,可以提供使用本发明的第1~第8曝光装置中的任一个的器件制造方法。In addition, in the photolithography process, by performing exposure using any one of the first to eighth exposure apparatuses of the present invention, it is possible to transfer the pattern of the mask plate to each divided area on the wafer W with high throughput. As a result, the production efficiency of highly integrated devices can be improved. Therefore, according to still another viewpoint of the present invention, a device manufacturing method using any one of the first to eighth exposure apparatuses of the present invention can be provided.

附图说明Description of drawings

图1是概略表示本发明的第1实施方式的曝光装置的构成图。FIG. 1 is a configuration diagram schematically showing an exposure apparatus according to a first embodiment of the present invention.

图2A是表示内接于投影光学系统的有效视场的晶片上的狭缝状照明区域和照射区域S的关系的平面图。FIG. 2A is a plan view showing the relationship between the slit-shaped illumination area and the irradiation area S on the wafer inscribed in the effective field of view of the projection optical system.

图2B是表示载物台移动时间和载物台速度的关系的线图。FIG. 2B is a graph showing the relationship between stage movement time and stage velocity.

图3是表示图1的主控制装置50的处理算法的流程图。FIG. 3 is a flowchart showing a processing algorithm of the main controller 50 in FIG. 1 .

图4是表示用第1实施方式的曝光装置对晶片上的多个照射区域进行曝光时的照明狭缝中心的移动轨迹图。FIG. 4 is a diagram showing a moving locus of the center of the illumination slit when exposing a plurality of shot regions on a wafer with the exposure apparatus according to the first embodiment.

图5是表示依次曝光照射区域S1、S2、S3时,晶片上照明狭缝St的中心P通过各照射区域的轨迹图。FIG. 5 is a locus diagram showing that the center P of the illumination slit St on the wafer passes through each shot area when the shot areas S1 , S2 , and S3 are sequentially exposed.

图6A是表示进行第1模式移动动作时的晶片载物台的加速度率曲线图。Fig. 6A is a graph showing the acceleration rate of the wafer stage when the movement operation in the first mode is performed.

图6B是表示进行第1模式移动动作时的晶片载物台的加速度曲线图。FIG. 6B is a graph showing the acceleration of the wafer stage when the movement operation in the first mode is performed.

图6C是表示进行第1模式移动动作时的晶片载物台的速度曲线图。FIG. 6C is a graph showing the speed of the wafer stage when the movement operation in the first mode is performed.

图6D是表示进行第1模式移动动作时的晶片载物台WST的位移曲线图。FIG. 6D is a graph showing the displacement of wafer stage WST when the movement operation in the first mode is performed.

图7A是表示以往的曝光装置(现有装置)的晶片载物台的加速度率曲线图。FIG. 7A is a graph showing the acceleration rate of the wafer stage of a conventional exposure apparatus (conventional apparatus).

图7B是表示现有装置的晶片载物台的加速度曲线图。Fig. 7B is a graph showing the acceleration of the wafer stage of the conventional device.

图7C是表示现有装置的晶片载物台的速度曲线图。Fig. 7C is a graph showing the speed of the wafer stage of the conventional device.

图7D是表示现有装置的晶片载物台WST的位移曲线图。FIG. 7D is a graph showing the displacement of wafer stage WST in the conventional apparatus.

图8A是表示进行第2模式移动动作时的晶片载物台的加速度率曲线图。FIG. 8A is a graph showing the acceleration rate of the wafer stage when the movement operation in the second mode is performed.

图8B是表示进行第2模式移动动作时的晶片载物台的加速度曲线图。Fig. 8B is a graph showing the acceleration of the wafer stage when the movement operation in the second mode is performed.

图8C是表示进行第2模式移动动作时的晶片载物台的速度曲线图。FIG. 8C is a graph showing the speed of the wafer stage when the moving operation in the second mode is performed.

图8D是表示进行第2模式移动动作时的晶片载物台WST的位移曲线图。FIG. 8D is a graph showing the displacement of wafer stage WST when the moving operation in the second mode is performed.

图9A是表示第1扫描加速控制方法的晶片载物台在扫描方向上的相关加速度率曲线图。FIG. 9A is a graph showing relative acceleration rates in the scanning direction of the wafer stage in the first scanning acceleration control method.

图9B是表示晶片载物台在扫描方向上的相关加速度曲线图。FIG. 9B is a graph showing relative acceleration of the wafer stage in the scanning direction.

图9C是表示晶片载物台在扫描方向上的相关速度曲线图。FIG. 9C is a graph showing relative velocity of the wafer stage in the scanning direction.

图9D是表示晶片载物台在扫描方向上的相关位移曲线图。FIG. 9D is a graph showing relative displacement of the wafer stage in the scanning direction.

图10A是表示第2扫描加速控制方法的晶片载物台在扫描方向上的相关加速度率曲线图。FIG. 10A is a graph showing relative acceleration rates in the scanning direction of the wafer stage in the second scanning acceleration control method.

图10B是表示晶片载物台在扫描方向上的相关加速度曲线图。FIG. 10B is a graph showing relative acceleration of the wafer stage in the scanning direction.

图10C是表示晶片载物台在扫描方向上的相关速度曲线图。FIG. 10C is a graph showing relative velocity of the wafer stage in the scanning direction.

图10D是表示晶片载物台在扫描方向上的相关位移曲线图。FIG. 10D is a graph showing relative displacement of the wafer stage in the scanning direction.

图11是表示本发明的第2实施方式的曝光装置的概略构成图。11 is a schematic configuration diagram showing an exposure apparatus according to a second embodiment of the present invention.

图12是表示两个晶片载物台和初缩掩模板载物台与投影光学系统和对准检测系统的位置关系的斜视图。Fig. 12 is a perspective view showing the positional relationship between two wafer stages, a reticle stage, a projection optical system, and an alignment detection system.

图13是表示图11所示装置的平台附近的概略平面图。Fig. 13 is a schematic plan view showing the vicinity of the platform of the device shown in Fig. 11 .

图14是表示使用两个晶片载物台进行晶片交换·对准程序和曝光程序时的状态的平面图。14 is a plan view showing a state when a wafer exchange and alignment process and an exposure process are performed using two wafer stages.

图15是表示进行图14的晶片交换·对准程序和曝光程序切换时的状态的平面图。FIG. 15 is a plan view showing a state when the wafer exchange/alignment program and the exposure program of FIG. 14 are switched.

图16是说明器件制造方法的实施方式的流程图。FIG. 16 is a flowchart illustrating an embodiment of a device manufacturing method.

图17是表示图16的步骤204的具体实例的流程图。FIG. 17 is a flowchart showing a specific example of step 204 in FIG. 16 .

实施方式Implementation

以下,参照附图1~图10D说明本发明的第1实施例。Hereinafter, a first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 10D.

图1是概略表示本发明的第1实施方式涉及的曝光装置10的整体构成图。该曝光装置10作为制造半导体器件的光刻装置,是目前利用步进扫描方式进行曝光动作的投影曝光装置的主流产品。该曝光装置10把形成于作为掩模板的初缩掩模板R上的电路图形的一部分像,通过投影光学系统PL投影到作为物体的晶片W上,同时使初缩掩模板R和晶片W相对投影光学系统PL的视场,在一维方向(此处是指图1的纸面内左右方向,即Y方向)上作相对扫描,从而,以步进扫描方式把初缩掩模板R的整体电路图形转印到晶片W上的多个照射区域上(以下,适当地略称为“照射”)。FIG. 1 is a diagram schematically showing the overall configuration of an exposure apparatus 10 according to a first embodiment of the present invention. The exposure apparatus 10 is a lithography apparatus for manufacturing semiconductor devices, and is currently a mainstream product of projection exposure apparatuses that perform exposure operations using a step-and-scan method. This exposure apparatus 10 projects a partial image of a circuit pattern formed on a reticle R as a reticle onto a wafer W as an object through a projection optical system PL, and projects the reticle R and the wafer W relative to each other. The field of view of the optical system PL is relatively scanned in the one-dimensional direction (here refers to the left and right directions in the paper of Figure 1, that is, the Y direction), so that the overall circuit of the initial shrink mask R is scanned in a step-by-step manner. The pattern is transferred to a plurality of irradiated regions on the wafer W (hereinafter, abbreviated as "irradiated" as appropriate).

上述光源11是曝光用光源,例如,使用波长248nm的KrF准分子激光器或波长193nm的ArF准分子激光器。其中,把来自光源11的紫外区域的脉冲激光光束(以下,称为“准分子激光器”、“脉冲照明光”或“脉冲紫外光”)作为曝光用照明光使用,是为了获得批量制造微电路器件所需要的最小线宽约0.25~0.10μm的图形分辨力,该微电路器件具有相当于256M~4Gbit级以上的半导体存储器器件(D-RAM)的集成度和细微度。因此,作为光源11,也可以使用输出F2激光等的真空紫外区域的脉冲激光光束的激光光源。The above-mentioned light source 11 is a light source for exposure, for example, a KrF excimer laser with a wavelength of 248 nm or an ArF excimer laser with a wavelength of 193 nm is used. Among them, the pulsed laser beam in the ultraviolet region from the light source 11 (hereinafter referred to as "excimer laser", "pulse illumination light" or "pulse ultraviolet light") is used as illumination light for exposure, in order to obtain mass production of microcircuits. The minimum line width required by the device is about 0.25-0.10 μm, and the microcircuit device has the integration and fineness equivalent to a semiconductor memory device (D-RAM) above 256M-4Gbit level. Therefore, as the light source 11, a laser light source that outputs a pulsed laser beam in the vacuum ultraviolet region such as an F 2 laser may be used.

光源11通常被设置在与设有曝光装置主体12的超洁室隔离开的其他房间(清洁度低的服务间)等。曝光装置主体12被设置在超洁室内,收容在其内部空间被进行了高度防尘处理及高精度温度控制的的环境室13内。The light source 11 is usually installed in another room (service room with low cleanliness) or the like isolated from the ultra-clean room in which the exposure apparatus main body 12 is installed. The exposure apparatus main body 12 is installed in an ultra-clean room and housed in an environmental chamber 13 whose internal space is highly dust-proof and temperature-controlled with high precision.

上述光源11具有未图示的操作面板和与该操作面板连接的控制用计算机11A,该控制用计算机11A在普通的曝光动作期间,响应后述的主控制装置50的指令,控制光源11的脉冲发光。The light source 11 has an unillustrated operation panel and a control computer 11A connected to the operation panel. The control computer 11A controls the pulse of the light source 11 in response to an instruction from the main control device 50 described later during a normal exposure operation. glow.

来自光源11的脉冲激光光束(准分子激光光束)的波长宽度(光谱半值宽)被狭窄化,以使由于构成后述的照明光学系统和投影光学系统的各种折射光学元件造成的色差能够在允许范围内。应狭窄化的中心波长的绝对值和狭窄化宽度(0.2pm~300pm之间)值被显示在上述操作面板上,同时根据需要可以用该操作面板进行微调。另外,用该操作面板还可以设定脉冲发光模式(代表性模式有自激振荡、外部触发振荡、维修用振荡三种模式)。The wavelength width (spectral half-value width) of the pulsed laser beam (excimer laser beam) from the light source 11 is narrowed so that chromatic aberration due to various refractive optical elements constituting the illumination optical system and projection optical system described later can be reduced. within the allowable range. The absolute value of the center wavelength to be narrowed and the value of the narrowing width (between 0.2pm and 300pm) are displayed on the operation panel, and fine adjustments can be made on the operation panel as needed. In addition, the operation panel can also be used to set the pulse lighting mode (representative modes include self-excited oscillation, external trigger oscillation, and maintenance oscillation).

以准分子激光器为光源的步进扫描式曝光装置,例如,特开平2-229423号公报、特开平6-132195号公报及其对应的美国专利第5,477,304号公报、特开平7-142354号公报及其对应的美国专利第5,534,970号公报等公开的内容。因此,上述各专利公开公报所公开的基础技术可以原样或部分变更后适用于图1的曝光装置10。另外,援用上述各美国专利的公开内容作为本说明书的一部分记述内容。A step-and-scan exposure device using an excimer laser as a light source, for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2-229423, Japanese Patent No. 6-132195 and their corresponding U.S. Patent No. 5,477,304, Japanese Patent No. 7-142354 and The contents disclosed in the corresponding US Patent No. 5,534,970 and the like. Therefore, the basic technologies disclosed in the above-mentioned patent publications can be applied to the exposure apparatus 10 of FIG. 1 as they are or with some modifications. In addition, the disclosure content of each said US patent is referred as a part of description content of this specification.

上述曝光装置主体12具有:照明光学系统18(18A~18R)、初缩掩模板载物台RST、投影光学系统PL、成像特性校正装置、载物台装置、晶片传输系统和对准系统等。The exposure apparatus main body 12 includes: an illumination optical system 18 (18A-18R), a reticle stage RST, a projection optical system PL, an imaging characteristic correction device, a stage device, a wafer transfer system, an alignment system, and the like.

上述照明光学系统18包括被称为BMU(光束匹配单元)的光轴调整用光学系统的一部分,通过送光光学系统连接光源11。如图1所示,上述送光光学系统具有:遮光管34,一端连接光源11,另一端被导入到环境室13内部;和连接该遮光管34的另一端的光束感光系统32。在该光束感光系统32内设有多个可动反射镜(未图示),为使通过遮光管34导入的光源11发出的准分子激光光束能相对以下说明的照明光学系统的光轴,经常以规定的位置关系入射,而把准分子激光光束入射到照明光学系统的入射位置和入射角度调整为最佳值。The illumination optical system 18 includes a part of an optical axis adjustment optical system called a BMU (beam matching unit), and is connected to the light source 11 through a light transmission optical system. As shown in FIG. 1 , the light sending optical system has: a light-shielding tube 34 , one end of which is connected to the light source 11 and the other end is introduced into the environment chamber 13 ; A plurality of movable reflectors (not shown) are arranged in this light beam photosensitive system 32, for making the excimer laser beam that the light source 11 that introduces through light-shielding tube 34 sends out can be relative to the optical axis of the illumination optical system described below, often The incident position and incident angle of the excimer laser beam incident on the illumination optical system are adjusted to the optimum values with the prescribed positional relationship.

如图1所示,上述照明光学系统18具有:可变减光器18A、光束整形光学系统18B、第1复眼透镜系统18C、振动(反射)镜18D、聚光透镜系统18E、照明NA校正板18F、第2复眼透镜系统18G、照明系统孔径光阑板18H、分光镜18J、第1中继透镜18K、固定初缩掩模板遮帘18L、可动初缩掩模板遮帘18M、第2中继透镜18N、照明焦阑(远心)校正板(可倾斜的石英平行平板)18P、(反射)镜子18Q、以及主聚光透镜系统18R等。下面,说明该照明光学系统18的上述各构成部分。As shown in FIG. 1, the illumination optical system 18 includes: a variable dimmer 18A, a beam shaping optical system 18B, a first fly-eye lens system 18C, a vibrating (reflecting) mirror 18D, a condenser lens system 18E, and an illumination NA correction plate. 18F, 2nd fly eye lens system 18G, illumination system aperture diaphragm plate 18H, beam splitter 18J, 1st relay lens 18K, fixed initial reduction mask shutter 18L, movable initial reduction mask shutter 18M, second center Following lens 18N, illumination telecentric (telecentric) correction plate (tiltable quartz parallel plate) 18P, (reflecting) mirror 18Q, and main condenser lens system 18R etc. Next, each of the aforementioned components of the illumination optical system 18 will be described.

可变减光器18A用来调整准分子激光光束的每个脉冲的平均能量,例如,可以使用能切换减光率不同的多个光学滤光器来构成,以逐步地变更减光率,或使用通过调整透光率连续变化的两个光学滤光器的重叠程度,来连续地可变减光率的器件。构成该可变减光器18A的光学滤光器,是通过由主控制装置50控制的驱动机构35来驱动的。The variable optical attenuator 18A is used to adjust the average energy of each pulse of the excimer laser beam. For example, it can be formed by using a plurality of optical filters capable of switching different optical attenuation rates, so as to gradually change the attenuation rate, or A device that continuously changes the light reduction rate is used by adjusting the overlapping degree of two optical filters whose light transmittance changes continuously. The optical filters constituting the variable dimmer 18A are driven by the drive mechanism 35 controlled by the main controller 50 .

光束整形光学系统18B的作用是,把通过可变减光器18A调整为规定的峰值强度的准分子激光光束的截面形状,整形为和第1复眼透镜系统18C的入射端的整体形状相似的形状,并有效入射到该第1复眼透镜系统18C,例如,可以由柱面透镜和光束扩展器(均省略图示)等构成,其中,第1复眼透镜系统18C构成设于该准分子激光光束的光路后方的后述双复眼透镜系统的入射端。The role of the beam shaping optical system 18B is to shape the cross-sectional shape of the excimer laser beam adjusted to a predetermined peak intensity by the variable optical attenuator 18A into a shape similar to the overall shape of the incident end of the first fly-eye lens system 18C, And effectively incident on this 1st fly-eye lens system 18C, for example, can be made up of cylindrical lens and beam expander (both omission of figure) etc. The rear is the incident end of the double fly eye lens system described later.

上述双复眼透镜系统用于使照明光的强度分布一致,由依次配置在光束整形光学系统18B后方的准分子激光光束光路上的第1复眼透镜系统18C、聚光透镜18E及第2复眼透镜系统18G构成。在第1复眼透镜系统18C和聚光透镜18E之间配置着振动镜18D,用来平滑产生于被照射面(初缩掩模板面或晶片面)上的干涉条纹和微弱斑纹。该振动镜18D的振动(偏转角)通过驱动系统36,被主控制装置50控制着。The above-mentioned double fly-eye lens system is used to make the intensity distribution of the illuminating light uniform. The first fly-eye lens system 18C, the condenser lens 18E, and the second fly-eye lens system are sequentially arranged on the excimer laser beam optical path behind the beam shaping optical system 18B. 18G composition. A vibration mirror 18D is arranged between the first fly-eye lens system 18C and the condensing lens 18E to smooth interference fringes and weak speckles generated on the irradiated surface (reduced mask plate surface or wafer surface). The vibration (deflection angle) of the oscillating mirror 18D is controlled by the main controller 50 via the drive system 36 .

在第2复眼透镜系统18G的入射端配置有照明NA校正板18F,用于调整照明光的被照射面的数值孔径的方向性(照明NA差)。An illumination NA correction plate 18F is arranged at the incident end of the second fly-eye lens system 18G for adjusting the directivity of the numerical aperture of the surface to be irradiated by illumination light (illumination NA difference).

关于把类似本实施方式的双复眼透镜系统和振动镜18D组合后的结构,除前述的特开平7-142354号公报及其对应的美国专利第5,534,970号公报等以外,例如,在特开平1-259533号公报及其对应的美国专利第5,307,207号公报、特开平1-235289号公报及其对应的美国专利第5,307,207号公报等上已详细公开。援用上述各美国专利的公开内容作为本说明书的一部分记述内容。Regarding the structure of combining the double-fly-eye lens system and the vibrating mirror 18D similar to this embodiment, in addition to the above-mentioned Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 7-142354 and its corresponding U.S. Patent No. 5,534,970, etc., for example, in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 1-1- Publication No. 259533 and its corresponding US Patent No. 5,307,207, JP-A-1-235289 and its corresponding US Patent No. 5,307,207, etc. have been disclosed in detail. The disclosure content of each of the above-mentioned US patents is cited as a part of the description content of this specification.

在上述第2复眼透镜系统18G的射出侧焦点面的附近,配置着由圆板状部件构成的照明系统孔径光阑板18H。在该照明系统孔径光阑板18H上,以大致等角度间隔配置有孔径光阑,例如,由普通的圆形孔径构成的孔径光阑,由小的圆形孔径构成的、用于缩小相干因数σ值的孔径光阑,环形照明用环形孔径光阑,以及例如使4个孔径偏心配置而成的变形光源法用变形孔径光阑等。该照明系统孔径光阑板18H通过由主控制装置50控制的未图示的电机等的驱动而转动,从而使任一个孔径光阑在脉冲照明光的光路上有选择地被设定,使柯拉照明的光源面形状被限制为环形、小圆形、大圆形、或四孔等。In the vicinity of the exit-side focal plane of the second fly-eye lens system 18G, an illumination system aperture stop plate 18H made of a disk-shaped member is arranged. On the illumination system aperture diaphragm plate 18H, aperture diaphragms are arranged at approximately equiangular intervals, for example, aperture diaphragms composed of ordinary circular apertures, aperture diaphragms composed of small circular apertures for reducing the coherence factor An aperture stop of the σ value, a ring aperture stop for ring illumination, and an anamorphic aperture stop for an anamorphic light source method in which four apertures are eccentrically arranged, for example. The illumination system aperture diaphragm plate 18H is driven to rotate by a motor not shown, etc. controlled by the main control device 50, so that any one aperture diaphragm is selectively set on the optical path of the pulsed illumination light, so that the The shape of the light source surface of pull lighting is limited to ring, small circle, large circle, or four holes.

在照明系统孔径光阑板18H后方的脉冲照明光的光路上,配置着反射率大、透过率小的分光镜18J,在其更后方的光路上,中间隔着固定初缩掩模板遮帘18L和可动初缩掩模板遮帘18M,配置着由第1中继透镜18K和第2中继透镜18N组成的中继光学系统。On the optical path of the pulsed illumination light behind the aperture diaphragm plate 18H of the illumination system, a beam splitter 18J with a large reflectivity and a small transmittance is arranged, and on the optical path further behind it, there is a fixed shrinkage mask template curtain in the middle. 18L and the movable shrinking mask shade 18M are provided with a relay optical system composed of a first relay lens 18K and a second relay lens 18N.

固定初缩掩模板遮帘18L被配置在从面对初缩掩模板R的图形面的共轭面稍微散焦的面上,形成规定初缩掩模板R上的照明区域的规定形状的孔径部件。本实施方式的该孔径部件形成为狭缝形或矩形,该狭缝形或矩形在垂直于扫描曝光时的初缩掩模板R的移动方向(Y轴方向)的X轴方向直线延伸。The fixed reduction mask blind 18L is arranged on a surface that is slightly defocused from the conjugate surface of the pattern surface facing the reduction mask R, and forms an aperture member of a predetermined shape that defines the illumination area on the reduction mask R. . The aperture member in this embodiment is formed in a slit shape or a rectangle extending linearly in the X-axis direction perpendicular to the moving direction (Y-axis direction) of the shrink mask plate R during scanning exposure.

另外,在固定初缩掩模板遮帘18L的附近,配置着与扫描方向相对应的方向的位置及宽度具有可变孔径的可动初缩掩模板遮帘18M,在扫描曝光开始时及结束时,通过该可动初缩掩模板遮帘18M进一步限制照明区域,从而防止不需要部分的曝光。该可动初缩掩模板遮帘18M通过驱动系统43由主控制装置50控制着。In addition, in the vicinity of the fixed shrink mask shade 18L, a movable shrink mask shade 18M having a variable aperture in position and width in a direction corresponding to the scanning direction is arranged. , the illuminated area is further restricted by the movable shrinking mask shutter 18M, thereby preventing exposure of unnecessary parts. The movable shrinking mask shade 18M is controlled by the main control device 50 through the drive system 43 .

在构成上述中继光学系统的第2中继透镜18N的出口处配置有照明焦阑校正板18P,在其更后方的脉冲照明光的光路上配置有镜子18Q,把通过第2中继透镜18N和照明焦阑校正板18P后的脉冲照明光向初缩掩模板R反射,在该镜子18Q后方的脉冲照明光的光路上配置有主聚光镜系统18R。An illumination telecentric correction plate 18P is arranged at the exit of the second relay lens 18N constituting the above-mentioned relay optical system, and a mirror 18Q is arranged on the optical path of the pulsed illumination light behind it, and the light passing through the second relay lens 18N The pulsed illumination light after illuminating the telecentric correction plate 18P is reflected toward the reduction mask R, and the main condenser lens system 18R is arranged on the optical path of the pulsed illumination light behind the mirror 18Q.

下面,简单说明如上构成的照明光学系统18的作用,来自光源11的准分子激光光束通过遮光管34、光束感光系统32入射到照明光学系统内,该准分子激光光束通过可变减光器18A被调整为规定光束强度后,入射到光束整形光学系统18B。该准分子激光光束经由光束整形光学系统18B将其截面形状整形为有效入射到第1复眼透镜系统18C的形状。然后,该准分子激光光束被入射到第1复眼透镜系统18C,在第1复眼透镜系统18C的射出侧焦点面形成由多个点光源(光源像)组成的面光源、即二维光源。从该二维光源发散的脉冲紫外光通过振动镜18D、聚光透镜系统18E、照明NA校正板18F,入射到第2复眼透镜系统18G。这样,在第2复眼透镜系统18G的射出侧焦点面形成三维光源,该三维光源由把多个微小的光源像均一分布在规定形状的区域内的各个光源像组成。从该三维光源射出的脉冲紫外光在通过照明系统孔径光阑板18H上的任一个孔径光阑后,到达反射率大、透过率小的分光镜18J。Below, briefly explain the effect of the illumination optical system 18 that constitutes above, the excimer laser beam from light source 11 is incident in the illumination optical system through light-shielding tube 34, beam photosensitive system 32, and this excimer laser beam passes through variable dimmer 18A After being adjusted to a predetermined beam intensity, it enters the beam shaping optical system 18B. The cross-sectional shape of the excimer laser beam is shaped by the beam shaping optical system 18B into a shape that effectively enters the first fly-eye lens system 18C. Then, the excimer laser beam is incident on the first fly-eye lens system 18C, and a surface light source consisting of a plurality of point light sources (light source images), that is, a two-dimensional light source is formed on the output-side focal plane of the first fly-eye lens system 18C. The pulsed ultraviolet light diverged from the two-dimensional light source passes through the vibrating mirror 18D, the condenser lens system 18E, and the illumination NA correction plate 18F, and enters the second fly-eye lens system 18G. In this way, a three-dimensional light source is formed on the exit-side focal plane of the second fly-eye lens system 18G. The three-dimensional light source is composed of a plurality of minute light source images uniformly distributed in a region of a predetermined shape. The pulsed ultraviolet light emitted from the three-dimensional light source passes through any aperture stop on the aperture stop plate 18H of the illumination system, and then reaches the beam splitter 18J with high reflectivity and low transmittance.

由该分光镜18J反射后的曝光光的脉冲紫外光,通过第1中继透镜18K以相同强度分布照明固定初缩掩模板遮帘18L。但是,在该强度分布上,可以以约几%的对比度重叠依赖于来自光源11的脉冲紫外光的可干涉性的干涉条纹和微弱的斑纹。为此,在晶片面上,可以产生由于干涉条纹和微弱斑纹造成的曝光量不匀,但是,如前面列举的特开平7-142354号公报及其对应的美国专利第5,534,970号所述,该曝光量不匀通过使振动镜18D与扫描曝光时的初缩掩模板R和晶片W的移动和脉冲紫外光的振荡产生同步振动,可以被平滑。The pulsed ultraviolet light of the exposure light reflected by the dichroic mirror 18J passes through the first relay lens 18K and illuminates the fixed reduction mask blind 18L with the same intensity distribution. However, on this intensity distribution, interference fringes and faint speckles depending on the coherence of the pulsed ultraviolet light from the light source 11 can be superimposed with a contrast of about several percent. For this reason, on the wafer surface, uneven exposure due to interference fringes and weak speckles may occur. Amount unevenness can be smoothed out by vibrating the vibrating mirror 18D in synchronization with the movement of the shrink reticle R and the wafer W during the scanning exposure and the oscillation of the pulsed ultraviolet light.

这样,通过固定初缩掩模板遮帘18L的孔径后的脉冲紫外光,在通过可动初缩掩模板遮帘18M的孔径后,通过第2中继透镜18N和照明焦阑校正板18P经由镜子18Q使光路向垂直下方弯曲后,经过主聚光镜系统18R,以均一照度分布照明由初缩掩模板载物台RST支撑的初缩掩模板R上的规定照明区域(在X轴方向直线延伸的狭缝状或矩形照明区域)。其中,照射在初缩掩模板R上的矩形狭缝状照明光被设定成,在图1中的投影光学系统PL的圆形投影视场中央向X轴方向(非扫描方向)呈细长状延伸,该照明光的Y轴方向(扫描方向)的宽度基本被设定为一定值。In this way, the pulsed ultraviolet light passing through the aperture of the fixed shrink mask shade 18L, after passing through the aperture of the movable shrink mask shade 18M, passes through the second relay lens 18N and the illumination telecentric correction plate 18P via the mirror. 18Q bends the light path vertically downward, passes through the main condenser lens system 18R, and illuminates the specified illumination area (a narrow area linearly extending in the X-axis direction) on the reduced mask R supported by the reduced mask stage RST with uniform illumination distribution. slit or rectangular lighting area). Here, the rectangular slit-shaped illumination light irradiated on the shrink mask R is set to be elongated in the X-axis direction (non-scanning direction) at the center of the circular projection field of view of the projection optical system PL in FIG. 1 . The width of the illumination light in the Y-axis direction (scanning direction) is basically set to a constant value.

另一方面,透过分光镜18J后的脉冲照明光通过未图示的聚光透镜,入射到由光电转换元件组成的集成传感器46上,并在此进行光电转换。该积分传感器46的光电转换信号通过未图示的峰值保持电路及A/D转换器供给主控制装置50。积分传感器46可以使用在远紫外区域有敏感度、并且具有检测光源11的脉冲发光的高响应频率的PIN型光电二极管等。可以预先求出该积分传感器46的输出和晶片W表面上的脉冲紫外光的照度(曝光量)的相关系数,存储在主控制装置50内的存储器上。On the other hand, the pulsed illumination light passed through the beam splitter 18J passes through a condenser lens not shown, and is incident on an integrated sensor 46 composed of a photoelectric conversion element, where it undergoes photoelectric conversion. The photoelectric conversion signal of the integrating sensor 46 is supplied to the main controller 50 through a peak hold circuit and an A/D converter (not shown). The integrating sensor 46 can use a PIN type photodiode or the like which is sensitive in the far ultraviolet region and has a high response frequency for detecting the pulsed light emission of the light source 11 . The correlation coefficient between the output of the integrating sensor 46 and the illuminance (exposure amount) of the pulsed ultraviolet light on the surface of the wafer W can be obtained in advance and stored in the memory in the main control device 50 .

如图1所示,上述初缩掩模板载物台RST配置在位于主聚光镜系统18R下方的初缩掩模板基座平台28的上方。在该初缩掩模板基座平台28的上表面,沿着扫描方向(Y轴方向、第1轴方向)设有未图示的导向器。在初缩掩模板基座平台28的中央部位形成孔径28a。As shown in FIG. 1 , the above-mentioned reduced mask stage RST is arranged above the reduced mask base platform 28 located below the main condenser lens system 18R. On the upper surface of the shrink mask base stage 28, a guide (not shown) is provided along the scanning direction (Y-axis direction, first axis direction). An aperture 28 a is formed at the central portion of the shrink mask base platform 28 .

在初缩掩模板基座平台28上配置有初缩掩模板载物台RST,吸附保持初缩掩模板R,并沿着未图示的导向器向Y方向移动。该初缩掩模板载物台RST实际上是由构成初缩掩模板驱动系统29的线性电机等驱动,其构成包括初缩掩模板粗动载物台,使初缩掩模板基座平台28在Y轴方向以大的行程进行直线移动;和初缩掩模板微动载物台,相对该初缩掩模板粗动载物台,通过音圈电机(VCM)、压电元件等在X轴方向(第2轴方向)、Y轴方向及θz方向(Z轴转动方向)进行微小移动。在初缩掩模板微动载物台上吸附支撑着上述初缩掩模板R。这样,初缩掩模板载物台RST由两个载物台构成,以下说明的内容是,通过初缩掩模板驱动系统29沿Y轴方向进行大幅度驱动的同时,在X、Y及θz方向进行微小驱动的单一载物台。A reduced mask stage RST is disposed on the reduced mask base platform 28 , which absorbs and holds the reduced mask R, and moves in the Y direction along a guide not shown. The shrinking mask stage RST is actually driven by a linear motor constituting the shrinking mask driving system 29. Linear movement in the Y-axis direction with a large stroke; and the shrinking mask micro-movement stage, relative to the shrinking mask plate coarse-moving stage, through the voice coil motor (VCM), piezoelectric elements, etc. in the X-axis direction (second axis direction), Y-axis direction and θz direction (Z-axis rotation direction) perform minute movements. The above-mentioned shrinking mask plate R is adsorbed and supported on the shrinking mask plate micro-movement stage. In this way, the shrinking mask stage RST is composed of two stages. The content described below is that while the shrinking mask driving system 29 is driving along the Y-axis direction, it is driven in the X, Y, and θz directions. A single stage for micro-actuation.

在初缩掩模板载物台RST上固定有移动镜31,反射来自初缩掩模板激光干涉仪(以下,称为“初缩掩模板干涉仪”)30的激光光束,初缩掩模板载物台RST在移动面内的位置通过初缩掩模板干涉仪30能够以约0.5~1nm的分辩率被时常检测到。实际上,在初缩掩模板载物台RST上设有具有垂直于Y轴方向的反射面的移动镜和具有垂直于X轴方向的反射面的移动镜,对应这些移动镜设有初缩掩模板Y干涉仪和初缩掩模板X干涉仪,但在图1中是将它们统一表示为移动镜31、初缩掩模板干涉仪30。例如,也可以对初缩掩模板载物台RST的端面进行镜面加工来形成反射面(相当于移动镜31的反射面)。另外,为检测初缩掩模板载物台RST在扫描方向(在本实施方式中是Y轴方向)的位置,也可以用至少一个三(面直角)棱镜(例如反射镜)来取代在X轴方向延伸的反射面。初缩掩模板Y干涉仪和初缩掩模板X干涉仪中的一方,例如,初缩掩模板Y干涉仪是具有2轴测长轴的2轴干涉仪,根据该初缩掩模板Y干涉仪的测定值,除初缩掩模板载物台RST的Y位置外,也可测定θz方向的转动。A movable mirror 31 is fixed on the shrinking mask stage RST to reflect the laser beam from the shrinking mask laser interferometer (hereinafter referred to as "shrinking mask interferometer") 30, and the shrinking mask carrier The position of the stage RST in the moving plane can be constantly detected by the shrinking mask interferometer 30 with a resolution of about 0.5-1 nm. In fact, a movable mirror with a reflective surface perpendicular to the Y-axis direction and a movable mirror with a reflective surface perpendicular to the X-axis direction are provided on the shrinking mask stage RST, and corresponding to these movable mirrors, there are shrinking mask The template Y interferometer and the reduced mask X interferometer are collectively represented as a moving mirror 31 and a reduced mask interferometer 30 in FIG. 1 . For example, the end surface of the reticle stage RST may be mirror-finished to form a reflective surface (corresponding to the reflective surface of the moving mirror 31 ). In addition, in order to detect the position of the reduced mask stage RST in the scanning direction (Y-axis direction in this embodiment), it is also possible to use at least one three-dimensional (rectangular) prism (such as a mirror) instead of the position on the X-axis. A reflective surface that extends in the direction. One of the reduced mask Y interferometer and the reduced mask X interferometer, for example, the reduced mask Y interferometer is a 2-axis interferometer having a 2-axis long axis, according to which the reduced mask Y interferometer In addition to the Y position of the shrinking mask stage RST, the measured value of the initial reduction mask stage RST can also measure the rotation in the θz direction.

利用初缩掩模板X干涉仪30测定的初缩掩模板载物台RST(即初缩掩模板R)的位置信息(或速度信息)被传送给初缩掩模板载物台控制器33。初缩掩模板载物台控制器33控制驱动初缩掩模板载物台RST的初缩掩模板驱动系统29,以使从初缩掩模板X干涉仪30输出的位置信息(或速度信息)与指令值(目标位置、目标速度)基本一致。The position information (or velocity information) of the reduced mask stage RST (ie, the reduced mask R) measured by the reduced mask X interferometer 30 is sent to the reduced mask stage controller 33 . The reduced mask stage controller 33 controls the reduced mask driving system 29 that drives the reduced mask stage RST, so that the position information (or speed information) output from the reduced mask X interferometer 30 is consistent with The command values (target position, target speed) are basically the same.

上述投影光学系统PL可以使用1/4(或1/5)缩小倍率的折射光学系统,该折射光学系统仅由物体面(初缩掩模板R)侧和像面(晶片W)侧双方具有焦阑圆形投影视场、以石英和萤石为光学玻璃的折射光学元件(透镜元件)组成。该投影光学系统PL的光轴AX方向是Z轴方向。该场合时,来自被初缩掩模板R上的电路图形区域中的脉冲紫外光照明的部分的成像光束,通过投影光学系统PL被缩小1/4或1/5投影在被静电吸附在后述的晶片载物台WST的晶片架上的晶片W的抗蚀层上。The above-mentioned projection optical system PL can use a refractive optical system of 1/4 (or 1/5) reduction magnification. It is composed of a circular projected field of view and a refractive optical element (lens element) with quartz and fluorite as optical glass. The optical axis AX direction of this projection optical system PL is the Z-axis direction. In this case, the imaging light beam from the portion illuminated by the pulsed ultraviolet light in the circuit pattern area on the reduced mask R is reduced by 1/4 or 1/5 through the projection optical system PL and projected on the electrostatically adsorbed surface to be described later. On the resist layer of the wafer W on the wafer holder of the wafer stage WST.

投影光学系统PL自然也可以是类似特开平3-282527号公报及其对应的美国专利第5220454号等所公开的、把折射光学元件和反射光学元件(凹面镜和分光镜等)组合而成的所谓反射折射系统,援用上述美国专利的公开内容作为本说明书的一部分记述内容。Naturally, the projection optical system PL can also be a combination of refractive optical elements and reflective optical elements (concave mirrors, beam splitters, etc.) as disclosed in JP-A-3-282527 and its corresponding U.S. Patent No. 5,220,454 As for the catadioptric system, the disclosure of the above-mentioned US Patent is cited as a part of the description of this specification.

上述成像特性校正装置用于微调投影光学系统PL的各种光学特性(成像性能),在本实施方式中,具有:焦阑透镜系统G2,设置在接近投影光学系统PL内的物体面的位置,可以向光轴AX方向进行微小移动,并可向垂直于光轴AX的面做微小倾斜;MAC,由使该焦阑透镜系统G2向光轴AX方向(包括倾斜)微动的驱动机构96成;和成像特性校正控制器102,用于控制该MAC(即驱动机构96)。根据该成像特性校正装置,可以调整投影像的倍率或投影偏差(向同性畸变像差、或鼓形、枕形、梯形等向异性畸变像差等)。成像特性校正控制器102也在主控制装置50的管理之下。主控制装置50或成像特性校正控制器102通过控制来自光源11的准分子聚光光束的波长位移量,也可以调整投影光学系统PL的成像性能。The imaging characteristic correction device described above is used to fine-tune various optical characteristics (imaging performance) of the projection optical system PL. In this embodiment, a telecentric lens system G2 is provided at a position close to the object plane in the projection optical system PL, It can move slightly in the direction of the optical axis AX, and can make a slight tilt to the surface perpendicular to the optical axis AX; MAC is composed of a driving mechanism 96 that makes the telecentric lens system G2 move slightly in the direction of the optical axis AX (including tilting). ; and an imaging characteristic correction controller 102 for controlling the MAC (ie, the driving mechanism 96). According to this imaging characteristic correcting device, it is possible to adjust the magnification or projection deviation (isotropic distortion aberration, drum, pincushion, trapezoidal isotropic distortion, etc.) of a projected image. The imaging characteristic correction controller 102 is also under the management of the main control device 50 . The main control device 50 or the imaging characteristic correction controller 102 can also adjust the imaging performance of the projection optical system PL by controlling the wavelength shift amount of the excimer focused light beam from the light source 11 .

在接近投影光学系统PL内的像面的位置配置有像差校正板G3,用于降低投影的像中,特别是像高大的部分(接近投影视场内周边的部分)容易产生的非点像差、彗差。The aberration correction plate G3 is arranged at a position close to the image plane in the projection optical system PL to reduce the astigmatism that is likely to occur in the projected image, especially in the tall part (the part close to the periphery of the projection field of view). Poor, coma.

另外,在本实施方式中,在投影光学系统PL的透镜系统G2和初缩掩模板R之间设有像畸变校正板G1,用于有效降低形成于圆形视场内的实效像投影区域(由固定初缩掩模板遮帘18L的孔径规定)的投影像中含有的随机投影偏差成分。该校正板G1把具有约几毫米厚的平行石英板的表面进行局部研磨,使通过该研磨部分的成像光束产生微小偏转。这种校正板G1的作成方法的一个实例,在特开平8-203805号公报及其对应的美国专利第6,268,903号/6,377,333号等中已被详细公开,本实施方式中基本应用了该公报公开的方法,援用上述各美国专利的公开内容作为本说明书的一部分记述内容。In addition, in this embodiment, an image distortion correction plate G1 is provided between the lens system G2 of the projection optical system PL and the reduction mask R to effectively reduce the actual image projection area ( The random projection deviation component contained in the projected image is defined by the aperture diameter of the fixed shrink mask shade 18L. The correction plate G1 partially grinds the surface of a parallel quartz plate with a thickness of about several millimeters, so that the imaging beam passing through the ground part is slightly deflected. An example of the method of making the calibration plate G1 is disclosed in detail in JP-A-8-203805 and its corresponding U.S. Patent No. 6,268,903/6,377,333. Methods, the disclosure content of each of the above-mentioned US patents is cited as a part of the description content of this specification.

下面,说明载物台装置。如图1所示,该载物台装置具有:构成未图示的支架的平台22;和晶片载物台WST,配置在该平台22上,用作在XY面内可移动的物体载物台。Next, the stage device will be described. As shown in FIG. 1, this stage device has: a stage 22 constituting a not-shown stand; and a wafer stage WST arranged on the stage 22 and used as an object stage movable in the XY plane. .

晶片载物台WST通过设在其底面的未图示的气体静压轴承,相对平台22的上面被浮起支撑着,例如,隔着约数μm的间隙,并通过X线性电机及Y线性电机、或平面电机等在XY二维平面内被自由地驱动着。该图1中,为了便于图示,把上述的线性电机等执行机构图示为晶片驱动系统48。该晶片驱动系统48(即上述的X线性电机及Y线性电机等)被晶片载物台控制器78所控制。The wafer stage WST is floated and supported above the platform 22 by means of an unillustrated gas static pressure bearing provided on its bottom surface, for example, through an X linear motor and a Y linear motor with a gap of about several μm. , or planar motors are freely driven in the XY two-dimensional plane. In FIG. 1 , for convenience of illustration, the aforementioned actuator such as a linear motor is shown as a wafer driving system 48 . The wafer driving system 48 (ie, the aforementioned X linear motor and Y linear motor, etc.) is controlled by a wafer stage controller 78 .

如图1所示,上述晶片载物台WST具有:移动载物台52,使平台22在XY平面内可以自由移动;水平驱动机构58,被用作搭载在该移动载物台52上的驱动机构;和晶片工作台TB,由该水平驱动机构58支撑着,以保持晶片。移动载物台52平视时(从上方看)形成为矩形。As shown in Figure 1, the above-mentioned wafer stage WST has: a movable stage 52, so that the platform 22 can move freely in the XY plane; mechanism; and wafer table TB supported by the horizontal drive mechanism 58 to hold the wafer. The movable stage 52 is formed in a rectangular shape in planar view (viewed from above).

上述晶片工作台TB由搭载在移动载物台52上的构成水平驱动机构58的3个执行机构ZAC支撑着。在晶片工作台TB上设有基本呈圆形的未图示的晶片架,晶片W被静电吸附在该晶片架上,由该晶片架保持着,并被校正了平坦度。该晶片架采用温度控制方式,以抑制晶片W因曝光时的热积累而产生的膨胀变形。The wafer table TB is supported by three actuators ZAC constituting a horizontal drive mechanism 58 mounted on the moving stage 52 . A substantially circular wafer rack (not shown) is provided on wafer table TB, and wafer W is electrostatically attracted to and held by the wafer rack while being corrected for flatness. The wafer rack adopts a temperature control method to suppress expansion and deformation of the wafer W due to heat accumulation during exposure.

上述水平驱动机构58由以下部分构成,3个执行机构(压电元件、音圈电机等)ZAC,在正三角形的3个顶点附近分别支撑着晶片工作台TB,同时利用各支撑点在垂直于XY平面的Z轴方向可以独力驱动晶片工作台TB;和执行机构控制装置56,通过独力控制这3个执行机构ZAC,使晶片工作台TB向光轴AX方向(Z轴方向微动),同时相对于XY平面倾斜。从晶片载物台控制器78输出对执行机构控制装置56的驱动指令。Above-mentioned horizontal driving mechanism 58 is made up of following parts, and 3 actuators (piezoelectric element, voice coil motor etc.) ZAC support wafer table TB near 3 vertices of equilateral triangle respectively, utilize each support point to be vertical to The Z-axis direction of the XY plane can independently drive the wafer table TB; and the actuator control device 56 controls the three actuators ZAC independently to make the wafer table TB move slightly in the direction of the optical axis AX (Z-axis direction), and at the same time Tilt relative to the XY plane. A drive command to the actuator control device 56 is output from the wafer stage controller 78 .

在图1中省略了图示,但在投影光学系统PL的附近设有聚焦·水平检测系统,用于检测投影光学系统PL的成像面和晶片W表面在Z轴方向的偏差(聚焦误差)和倾斜(水平误差),晶片载物台控制器78响应来自聚焦·水平检测系统的聚焦误差信号和水平误差信号,向执行机构控制装置56输出驱动指令。该聚焦·水平检测系统的一个实例,在特开平7-201699号公报及其对应的美国专利第5,473,424号/6,377,333号等已被详细公开。该聚焦·水平检测系统的输出通过晶片载物台控制器78供给同步控制系统80,并通过同步控制系统80供给主控制装置50。援用上述美国专利的公开内容作为本说明书的一部分记述内容。Although not shown in FIG. 1 , a focus and level detection system is provided near the projection optical system PL to detect deviation (focus error) and Tilt (level error), wafer stage controller 78 responds to the focus error signal and level error signal from the focus and level detection system, and outputs drive commands to actuator control device 56 . An example of this focus/level detection system is disclosed in detail in JP-A-7-201699 and its corresponding US Patent Nos. 5,473,424/6,377,333. The output of the focus/level detection system is supplied to the synchronous control system 80 via the wafer stage controller 78 , and is supplied to the main control device 50 via the synchronous control system 80 . The disclosure content of the above-mentioned US patent is cited as a part of the description content of this specification.

上述晶片工作台TB的位置通过激光干涉仪系统76被逐次测定。下面详细叙述测定方法,在晶片工作台TB的-Y侧及+X侧的各端面进行了镜面加工,分别形成反射面。向这些反射面分别投射来自构成激光干涉系统76的Y激光干涉仪、X激光干涉仪的激光光束,各自的反射光通过这些干涉仪分别被感光,从而分别测定晶片工作台TB的Y轴方向的位置和X轴方向的位置。这样,虽设有多个激光干涉仪,但在图1仅代表性地表示为激光干涉仪系统76。也可以设置由平面(反射)镜构成的移动镜,以取代形成于晶片工作台TB上的上述各反射面。The position of wafer table TB is measured successively by laser interferometer system 76 . The measurement method will be described in detail below. The end surfaces on the -Y side and +X side of wafer table TB were mirror-finished to form reflection surfaces, respectively. The laser beams from the Y laser interferometer and the X laser interferometer constituting the laser interferometer system 76 are respectively projected onto these reflective surfaces, and the respective reflected lights are respectively detected by these interferometers, thereby respectively measuring the distance in the Y-axis direction of the wafer table TB. position and position in the X-axis direction. In this way, although a plurality of laser interferometers are provided, only a laser interferometer system 76 is representatively shown in FIG. 1 . Instead of each of the above-mentioned reflecting surfaces formed on wafer table TB, a moving mirror constituted by a flat (reflecting) mirror may also be provided.

上述X激光干涉仪和Y激光干涉仪是具有多个测长轴的多轴干涉仪,除晶片工作台TB的X、Y轴位置外,也可测定转动(摆动(Z轴转动即θz转动)、(前后)俯仰(X轴的转动即θx转动)、(左右)侧倾(Y轴的转动即θy转动))。因此,以下说明是用激光干涉仪系统76来测定晶片工作台TB的X、Y、θz、θx、θy的5自由度方向的位置。另外,多轴干涉仪通过倾斜45°设于晶片工作台TB上的反射面,向设置在搭载了投影光学系统PL的支撑架(未图示)上的反射面照射激光光束,检测投影光学系统PL在光轴方向(Z轴方向)上的相对位置信息。The above-mentioned X laser interferometer and Y laser interferometer are multi-axis interferometers with multiple measuring axes, in addition to the X and Y axis positions of the wafer table TB, they can also measure the rotation (swing (Z axis rotation is θz rotation) , (front and back) pitch (the rotation of the X axis is θx rotation), (left and right) roll (the rotation of the Y axis is θy rotation)). Therefore, in the following description, laser interferometer system 76 is used to measure the position of wafer table TB in five degrees of freedom directions of X, Y, θz, θx, and θy. In addition, the multi-axis interferometer irradiates a laser beam to a reflective surface provided on a support frame (not shown) on which the projection optical system PL is mounted, through the reflective surface provided on the wafer table TB inclined at 45°, and detects the projection optical system PL. Relative position information of the PL in the optical axis direction (Z axis direction).

进行晶片工作台TB的Z轴方向的微小驱动及倾斜驱动的水平驱动机构58,实际上位于上述反射面的下方,所以通过激光干涉仪系统76可以全部监视晶片工作台TB俯仰控制时的驱动量。The horizontal drive mechanism 58 for micro-drive and tilt drive in the Z-axis direction of the wafer table TB is actually located below the above-mentioned reflective surface, so the drive amount during the pitch control of the wafer table TB can be completely monitored by the laser interferometer system 76. .

通过上述激光干涉仪系统76所检测的晶片工作台TB(即晶片载物台WST)的位置信息被传送给晶片载物台控制器78。晶片载物台控制  78根据规定运算求得XY坐标位置,根据该所求得的坐标位置和应控制位置的目标位置信息,向晶片驱动系统48输出驱动晶片载物台WST的指令信号。The position information of wafer table TB (ie, wafer stage WST) detected by laser interferometer system 76 described above is transmitted to wafer stage controller 78 . The wafer stage control 78 obtains the XY coordinate position according to the prescribed calculation, and outputs a command signal for driving the wafer stage WST to the wafer driving system 48 based on the obtained coordinate position and the target position information of the position to be controlled.

在上述晶片工作台TB上设有基准标志板FM,其表面高度和晶片W的表面基本相同。在该基准标志板FM上形成有用后述的各种对准检测系统可以检测的基准标志,这些基准标志用于检查(校验)各种对准检测系统的检测中心点、测定这些检测中心点和投影光学系统的投影中心的距离(基线)、检查初缩掩模板R相对晶片坐标系的位置、或进行与初缩掩模板R的图形面共轭的最佳成像面的Z方向的位置检查等。A fiducial mark plate FM whose surface height is substantially the same as the surface of the wafer W is provided on the wafer table TB. On this fiducial mark plate FM, there are formed fiducial marks that can be detected by various alignment detection systems described later. These fiducial marks are used to check (verify) the detection center points of various alignment detection systems and measure these detection center points. The distance (baseline) from the projection center of the projection optical system, check the position of the reduced mask R relative to the wafer coordinate system, or check the position of the Z-direction of the best imaging plane conjugated to the graphic surface of the reduced mask R wait.

上述晶片传输系统在未图示的晶片包管单元和晶片载物台WST之间传输晶片。该晶片传输系统具有机械手操作臂(晶片装载臂和卸载臂),在移动到规定的装载位置(转交位置)的晶片载物台WST上的晶片架之间进行晶片W的转接。The wafer transfer system described above transfers wafers between a wafer packaging unit (not shown) and wafer stage WST. This wafer transfer system has robotic arms (wafer loading arm and unloading arm), and transfers wafers W between wafer racks on wafer stage WST moved to a predetermined loading position (transfer position).

本实施方式的曝光装置10的对准系统使用的是离轴对准系统ALG,不经过投影光学系统PL,就能光学检测形成于晶片W上的各照射区域的对准标志和基准标志板FM上的基准标志。如图1所示,该离轴对准系统ALG配置在投影光学系统PL的侧方。该离轴对准系统ALG对晶片W上的抗蚀层,通过物镜来照射非感光性照明光(均匀照明或点照明),通过物镜光电检测对准标志和来自基准标志的反射光。经过光电检测的标志检测信号被输入给信号处理电路68,但该信号处理电路68通过晶片载物台控制器78、同步控制系统80和主控制装置50被输入有激光干涉仪系统76的测定值。信号处理电路68运用规定的算法对上述光电检测的标志检测信号进行波形处理,根据该处理结果和激光干涉仪系统76的测定值,求出标志的中心与对准检测系统ALG内的检测中心(指标标志、摄像面上的基准象素、感光狭缝、或点光等)相吻合的晶片载物台WST的坐标位置(照射对准位置)、或相对检测中心的晶片标志、基准标志的位置偏移量。所求出的照射对准位置或位置偏移量信息被传送给主控制装置50,用于晶片载物台WST对准时的定位、对晶片W上的各照射区域的曝光用扫描开始位置(或加速开始位置)的设定等。The alignment system of the exposure apparatus 10 of this embodiment uses the off-axis alignment system ALG, and can optically detect the alignment marks and the fiducial mark plates FM formed in each shot area on the wafer W without passing through the projection optical system PL. benchmark marks on. As shown in FIG. 1 , the off-axis alignment system ALG is disposed on the side of the projection optical system PL. This off-axis alignment system ALG irradiates the resist layer on the wafer W with non-photosensitive illumination light (uniform illumination or spot illumination) through the objective lens, and photoelectrically detects alignment marks and reflected light from reference marks through the objective lens. The photodetected mark detection signal is input to the signal processing circuit 68, but the signal processing circuit 68 is input with the measured value of the laser interferometer system 76 through the wafer stage controller 78, the synchronous control system 80 and the main control device 50. . The signal processing circuit 68 uses a predetermined algorithm to perform waveform processing on the mark detection signal of the above-mentioned photoelectric detection, and calculates the center of the mark and the detection center in the alignment detection system ALG ( Index marks, reference pixels on the imaging surface, photosensitive slits, or spotlights, etc.) match the coordinate position of the wafer stage WST (irradiation alignment position), or the position of the wafer mark and reference mark relative to the detection center Offset. The obtained irradiation alignment position or positional shift information is sent to the main controller 50, and is used for positioning when wafer stage WST is aligned, scanning start position for exposure (or scanning start position) for each shot area on wafer W Acceleration start position) setting, etc.

另外,本实施方式的曝光装置10在控制系统内设有同步控制系统80,用于初缩掩模板载物台RST和晶片载物台WST同步移动。该同步控制系统80特别是在扫描曝光时,在使初缩掩模板载物台RST和晶片载物台WST进行同步移动时,为了使由初缩掩模板载物台控制器33对驱动系统29的控制和由晶片载物台控制器78对晶片驱动系统48的控制能相互连动,对由初缩掩模板干涉仪30、激光干涉仪系统76测定的初缩掩模板R和晶片W的各位置和各速度状态进行实时监视,以使它们的相互关系达到规定效果。该同步控制系统80是被来自主控制装置50的各种命令和参数的设定信息控制的。这样,本实施方式通过同步控制系统80、初缩掩模板载物台控制器33和晶片载物台控制器78,构成用于控制两载物台RST、WST的载物台控制系统。In addition, the exposure apparatus 10 of the present embodiment includes a synchronous control system 80 in the control system for synchronous movement of the shrink reticle stage RST and the wafer stage WST. The synchronous control system 80 is especially in scanning exposure, when synchronously moving the shrinking mask stage RST and the wafer stage WST, in order to make the driving system 29 controlled by the shrinking mask stage controller 33 The control of the wafer stage controller 78 and the control of the wafer drive system 48 can be interlocked with each other, and each of the initial reduction mask R and the wafer W measured by the initial reduction mask interferometer 30 and the laser interferometer system 76 The position and each speed status are monitored in real time, so that their interrelationship can achieve the prescribed effect. The synchronous control system 80 is controlled by various commands and parameter setting information from the master control device 50 . In this way, the present embodiment constitutes a stage control system for controlling the two stages RST and WST by the synchronous control system 80 , the reticle stage controller 33 and the wafer stage controller 78 .

本实施方式的曝光装置10的上述控制系统实际上被构筑成分散型系统,具有:多个单元侧计算机(微处理器等),分别控制上述光源11及曝光装置主体12各部单元(照明光学系统、初缩掩模板载物台RST、晶片载物台WST、晶片传输系统等)的各部分;和主控制装置50,由总括控制这些单元侧计算机的终端站等组成的控制装置。The above-mentioned control system of the exposure apparatus 10 of the present embodiment is actually constructed as a distributed system, which includes a plurality of unit-side computers (microprocessors, etc.) that control the light source 11 and each unit (illumination optical system) of the exposure apparatus main body 12 respectively. , Reticle Stage RST, Wafer Stage WST, Wafer Transfer System, etc.); and the main control device 50, which is a control device composed of a terminal station that collectively controls these unit-side computers.

在本实施方式中,上述多个单元侧计算机通过与主控制装置50连携,来执行对多个晶片的一系列的曝光处理。该一系列的曝光处理的整体程序是通过主控制装置50,根据存储在未图示的存储器中的、被称为工艺程序的规定曝光条件的设定文件而被总括控制的。In the present embodiment, the plurality of unit-side computers are linked to the main control device 50 to execute a series of exposure processes on a plurality of wafers. The overall program of the series of exposure processes is collectively controlled by the main controller 50 based on a setting file for specifying exposure conditions called a process program stored in a memory not shown.

工艺程序作为参数组的包被存储在操作者作成的曝光处理文件名下面,该参数组的包中包括:应曝光的晶片的相关信息(处理数目、照射尺寸、照射排列数据、对准标志配置数据、对准条件等)、所使用的初缩掩模板的相关信息(图形的分类数据、各标志的配置数据、电路图形区域的尺寸等)、与曝光条件相关的信息(曝光量、聚焦偏移量、扫描速度偏移量、投影倍率偏移量、各种像差和像畸变的校正量、照明光学系统的孔径数和相干因数σ值等的设定值、投影光学系统的孔径数的设定值等)。The process program is stored under the exposure processing file name made by the operator as a package of parameter groups. The package of this parameter group includes: the relevant information of the wafer to be exposed (processing number, shot size, shot arrangement data, alignment mark configuration) data, alignment conditions, etc.), information related to the initial reduction mask used (graphic classification data, configuration data of each mark, size of the circuit pattern area, etc.), information related to exposure conditions (exposure amount, focus deviation, etc.) displacement, scanning speed offset, projection magnification offset, correction of various aberrations and image distortion, aperture number of illumination optical system and setting value of coherence factor σ value, etc., aperture number of projection optical system setting value, etc.).

主控制装置50解读所指示的工艺程序,把晶片曝光处理所需的各构成要素的动作作为命令依次指令给对应的单元侧计算机。此时,各单元侧计算机正常结束一个命令后,把其要旨情况发送给主控制装置50,接受到该信息的主控制装置50向单元侧计算机发送下一命令。The main control device 50 interprets the instructed process program, and sequentially instructs the operation of each component required for wafer exposure processing as commands to the corresponding unit side computer. At this time, after each unit side computer normally completes a command, it sends the gist of the command to the main control device 50, and the main control device 50 receiving the information sends the next command to the unit side computer.

下面,参照图2A及图2B,简单说明由载物台控制系统(晶片载物台控制器78、初缩掩模板载物台控制器33、同步控制系统80)进行的一个照射区域的曝光时的晶片载物台的基本扫描顺序,该载物台控制系统用于使初缩掩模板载物台RST和晶片载物台WST相对扫描方向(Y轴方向)进行移动。Next, with reference to FIG. 2A and FIG. 2B , a brief description will be given of the exposure of one shot area performed by the stage control system (wafer stage controller 78, reticle stage controller 33, and synchronous control system 80). The basic scanning sequence of the wafer stage, the stage control system is used to move the reticle stage RST and the wafer stage WST relative to the scanning direction (Y-axis direction).

图2A是表示内接于投影光学系统PL的有效视场PL’的晶片上的狭缝状照明区域(初缩掩模板R上的照明区域和共轭区域,以下称为“照明狭缝”)ST和作为一个划分区域的照射区域S的关系的平面图,图2B表示载物台移动时间和载物台速度的关系。实际曝光是通过使照射区域S相对照明狭缝ST向箭头Y的相反方向移动而进行的,但在图2A中,为了使图2B的载物台移动时间和载物台速度关系表能够对应起来,而表示成使照明狭缝ST相对照射区域S移动。FIG. 2A shows a slit-shaped illumination area on the wafer inscribed in the effective field of view PL' of the projection optical system PL (the illumination area and the conjugate area on the initial reticle R, hereinafter referred to as "illumination slit") FIG. 2B is a plan view of the relationship between ST and the irradiation area S as one divided area, and FIG. 2B shows the relationship between the stage moving time and the stage speed. The actual exposure is carried out by moving the irradiation area S in the opposite direction of the arrow Y relative to the illumination slit ST, but in FIG. , which represents that the illumination slit ST is moved relative to the irradiation area S.

首先,作为基本(一般的)扫描顺序,使照明狭缝ST的中心P位于从照射区域S的端部离开规定量的位置处,开始晶片载物台WST的加速。此时,初缩掩模板载物台RST在与晶片载物台WST相反的方向以晶片载物台WST的加速度的投影倍率的倒数倍的加速度同时开始加速。在晶片载物台WST和初缩掩模板载物台RST接近规定速度的时刻,开始初缩掩模板R和晶片W的同步控制。把从这两个载物台WST、RST开始加速起到开始同步控制前的时间T1称为加速时间。开始同步控制后,在晶片和初缩掩模板的位移误差达到规定关系之前,进行初缩掩模板载物台RST对晶片载物台WST的跟踪控制,并开始曝光。把开始该同步控制后、到开始曝光前的时间T2称为稳定时间。First, as a basic (general) scanning procedure, center P of illumination slit ST is located at a position separated by a predetermined amount from the end of shot area S, and acceleration of wafer stage WST is started. At this time, shrinking reticle stage RST starts to accelerate in the direction opposite to wafer stage WST at the same time at an acceleration that is the reciprocal multiple of the projection magnification of the acceleration of wafer stage WST. When wafer stage WST and shrinking mask stage RST approach a predetermined speed, synchronous control of shrinking mask R and wafer W starts. The time T1 from the start of acceleration of the two stages WST, RST to the start of the synchronization control is called an acceleration time. After starting the synchronous control, until the displacement error between the wafer and the shrinking mask reaches a predetermined relationship, the tracking control of the shrinking mask stage RST on the wafer stage WST is performed, and exposure is started. The time T2 from the start of the synchronous control to the start of exposure is referred to as a stabilization time.

把从上述开始加速到开始曝光前的时间(T1+T2)称为预扫描时间。如果设加速时间T1时的平均加速度为a,设稳定时间为T2,则预扫描时的移动距离用(1/2)·a·T1 2+a·T1·T2表示。The time (T 1 +T 2 ) from the start of acceleration to the start of exposure is called the pre-scanning time. If the average acceleration during the acceleration time T 1 is a, and the stabilization time is T 2 , then the moving distance during the pre-scan is represented by (1/2)·a·T 1 2 +a·T 1 ·T 2 .

另外,把照射长度设为L,把照明狭缝ST的扫描方向的宽度设为w,则通过匀速移动进行曝光时的曝光时间T3表示为T3=(L+w)/(a·T1),移动距离为L+w。Also, assuming that the irradiation length is L and the width of the illumination slit ST in the scanning direction is w, the exposure time T 3 when exposing by moving at a constant speed is expressed as T 3 = (L+w)/(a·T 1 ), the moving distance is L+w.

在该曝光时间T3结束时刻,初缩掩模板图形对照射区域S的转印结束,为了提高生产能力,步进扫描方式通常是交替扫描(往返扫描)初缩掩模板R,来依次对照射区域进行曝光,所以需要使初缩掩模板R从曝光结束时再移动和上述预扫描时的移动距离相同的距离,使初缩掩模板R返回下一照射区域曝光用扫描开始位置。此时,晶片(晶片载物台)对应初缩掩模板(初缩掩模板载物台)在扫描方向上移动。如果设匀速曝光过扫描时间(后稳定时间)为T4,设减速曝光过扫描时间为T5,则进行上述过程的曝光过扫描时间总计为(T4+T5)。如果把减速过扫描时间T5时的减速度设为b,则在该过扫描时间的移动距离为-(1/2)·b·T5 2-b·T5·T4,通过设定T4、T5及减速度设b,使该距离为(1/2)·a·T1 2+a·T1·T2At the end of the exposure time T3 , the transfer of the contracted mask pattern to the shot area S is completed. In order to improve production capacity, the step-and-scan method usually alternately scans (scans back and forth) the contracted mask plate R to sequentially irradiate Therefore, it is necessary to move the reduced reticle R from the end of the exposure by the same distance as the movement distance during the above-mentioned pre-scan, and return the reduced reticle R to the scan start position for exposure of the next shot region. At this time, the wafer (wafer stage) moves in the scanning direction corresponding to the reduced mask (reduced mask stage). If the constant-speed exposure overscan time (post-stabilization time) is set as T 4 , and the deceleration exposure overscan time is set as T 5 , then the total exposure overscan time for the above process is (T 4 +T 5 ). If the deceleration during deceleration overscanning time T 5 is set as b, the moving distance at this overscanning time is -(1/2)·b·T 5 2 -b·T 5 ·T 4 , by setting Set b for T 4 , T 5 and deceleration, and make the distance equal to (1/2)·a·T 1 2 +a·T 1 ·T 2 .

一般的控制系统是a=-b,设定T1=T5、T2=T4是最容易的控制方法。The general control system is a=-b, setting T 1 =T 5 and T 2 =T 4 is the easiest control method.

下面,以表示主控制装置50(更准确讲是主控制装置50内的CPU)的处理算法的图3的流程图为中心,并适当参照其他附图来说明通过本实施方式的曝光装置10把初缩掩模板R的图形依次转印到晶片W上的多个照射区域时的动作。其中,对图4所示的多个(例如76个)照射区域,说明以该图所示路径进行曝光时的情况。图4中的路径表示上述照明狭缝ST的中心P通过各照射区域时的轨迹,该轨迹中的实线部分表示各照射区域曝光时的照明狭缝ST的中心P(以下也称为“点P”)的路径,虚线部分表示非扫描方向的同一行内的邻接照射区域间的点P的移动轨迹,单点划线部分表示不同行间的点P的移动轨迹。实际上,点P是固定的,是晶片W在移动,但在图4中,为了便于理解说明,而图示成点P(照明狭缝ST的中心)在晶片W上移动的状态。The following description will focus on the flowchart of FIG. 3 showing the processing algorithm of the main control device 50 (more precisely, the CPU in the main control device 50), and appropriately refer to other drawings to describe the operation of the exposure device 10 according to this embodiment. The operation when the pattern of the reticle R is sequentially transferred to a plurality of shot regions on the wafer W. Here, for a plurality of (for example, 76) shot areas shown in FIG. 4 , a case where exposure is performed along the route shown in the figure will be described. The path in Fig. 4 represents the track when the center P of the above-mentioned illumination slit ST passes through each irradiation area, and the solid line part in this track indicates the center P of the illumination slit ST (hereinafter also referred to as "point") when each irradiation area is exposed. P"), the dotted line part represents the moving track of the point P between adjacent irradiation areas in the same row in the non-scanning direction, and the single dotted line part shows the moving track of the point P between different rows. Actually, the point P is fixed and the wafer W is moving. However, in FIG. 4 , the point P (the center of the illumination slit ST) is shown moving on the wafer W for ease of understanding and explanation.

在进行图3的流程图的处理前,利用主控制装置50通过各单元计算机,进行未图示的初缩掩模板对准系统(例如标度显微镜)、晶片载物台TB上的基准标志板FM、以及使用对准检测系统ALG的初缩掩模板对准、对准检测系统ALG的基线测定、以及晶片对准(EGA等)等的准备作业。Before performing the processing of the flow chart in FIG. 3 , the main control device 50 and each unit computer perform an unillustrated initial mask alignment system (such as a scale microscope) and a reference mark plate on the wafer stage TB. Preparatory work for FM, and initial mask alignment using the alignment inspection system ALG, baseline measurement of the alignment inspection system ALG, and wafer alignment (EGA, etc.).

关于上述初缩掩模板对准、基线测定等,例如,在特开平7-176468号公报及其对应的美国专利第5,646,413号公报上已详细公开,关于EGA,在特开昭61-44429号公报及其对应的美国专利第4,780,617号公报等上已详细公开,援用上述各美国专利的公开内容作为本说明书的一部分记述内容。Regarding the above-mentioned initial reduction mask alignment, baseline measurement, etc., for example, it has been disclosed in detail in JP-A No. 7-176468 and its corresponding U.S. Patent No. 5,646,413. Regarding EGA, it has been disclosed in JP-A No. 61-44429 Its corresponding US Patent No. 4,780,617 and the like have been disclosed in detail, and the disclosure content of each of the above-mentioned US Patents is cited as a part of the description content of this specification.

该准备作业结束后,即开始执行图3的流程图。After the preparatory work is completed, the flow chart in FIG. 3 starts to be executed.

首先,在步骤102,把表示曝光对象的照射区域所属行的序号的计数n、和表示行内的照射序号的计数m,一起初始化为1(1←m、1←n)。First, in step 102, the count n indicating the row number of the shot area of the exposure target and the count m representing the shot number in the row are both initialized to 1 (1←m, 1←n).

然后,在步骤104,把晶片上的第一照射、即第一行的第一号的照射区域的曝光所需的各种设定信息传送给同步控制系统80。该设定信息包括:与上述初缩掩模板载物台、晶片载物台的位置控制相关的信息,例如,在曝光之前进行的、例如利用EGA方式晶片对准获得的EGA参数(晶片的X、Y方向的偏移Ox、Oy,规定晶片移动的载物台坐标系的垂直度误差w,晶片的转动误差θ,晶片的X、Y方向放大缩小(定标)误差rx、ry)的设定值(这些是决定曝光时的晶片位置用的数据);曝光时的两载物台位置的相关校正参数(例如,初缩掩模板载物台(或晶片载物台)侧的移动镜的弯曲信息);以及与曝光量控制相关的数据,例如,准分子激光器的脉冲能量密度,脉冲发光数等数据;乃至所设定的曝光程序数据等。根据情况,也包括载物台移动时的各机构的错误信息等。Then, in step 104 , various setting information required for the first shot on the wafer, that is, the exposure of the first shot area in the first row, is transmitted to the synchronous control system 80 . This setting information includes: information relevant to the position control of the above-mentioned shrinking mask stage and the wafer stage, for example, the EGA parameters (X , the offset Ox, Oy in the Y direction, the perpendicularity error w of the stage coordinate system that stipulates the movement of the wafer, the rotation error θ of the wafer, the setting of the X, Y direction amplification (calibration) error rx, ry) of the wafer fixed value (these are the data used to determine the position of the wafer during exposure); the relevant correction parameters of the positions of the two stages during exposure (for example, the moving mirror on the stage (or wafer stage) side of the initial shrink mask) Bending information); and data related to exposure control, for example, the pulse energy density of the excimer laser, the number of pulses and other data; and even the set exposure program data, etc. Depending on the situation, error information of each mechanism when the stage is moved is also included.

在步骤106,对同步控制系统80下达初缩掩模板载物台RST及晶片载物台WST的移动指示。In step 106 , a movement instruction of the reticle stage RST and the wafer stage WST is given to the synchronous control system 80 .

根据来自上述主控制装置50的指示,同步控制系统80向晶片载物台控制器78下达指示,使晶片W移动到晶片W上的第一照射的曝光用扫描开始位置(加速开始位置)。这样,通过晶片载物台控制器78并经由驱动系统48,使晶片载物台WST移动到上述加速开始位置。然后,同步控制系统80监视干涉仪系统76及初缩掩模板干涉仪30的测定值,同时分别通过晶片载物台控制器78、初缩掩模板载物台控制器33,控制上述的初缩掩模板驱动系统29和晶片驱动系统48,开始初缩掩模板载物台RST和晶片载物台WST在Y轴方向上的相对扫描。Based on the instruction from the main controller 50, the synchronous control system 80 instructs the wafer stage controller 78 to move the wafer W to the scanning start position (acceleration start position) for exposure for the first irradiation on the wafer W. Thus, wafer stage WST is moved to the above-mentioned acceleration start position by wafer stage controller 78 via drive system 48 . Then, the synchronous control system 80 monitors the measured values of the interferometer system 76 and the shrinking mask interferometer 30, and controls the above-mentioned shrinking through the wafer stage controller 78 and the shrinking mask stage controller 33 respectively. The reticle driving system 29 and the wafer driving system 48 start to shrink the relative scanning of the reticle stage RST and the wafer stage WST in the Y-axis direction.

此时,主控制装置50在步骤108等待两载物台RST、WST向目标扫描速度的加速结束。两载物  RST、WST的加速一结束,即开始光源11的发光。At this time, the main controller 50 waits for completion of the acceleration of both stages RST, WST to the target scanning speed in step 108 . As soon as the acceleration of the two loads RST and WST ends, the light source 11 starts to emit light.

基本与该光源11开始发光同时,同步控制系统80开始两载物台RST、WSI的曝光前同步稳定动作。Basically at the same time as the light source 11 starts to emit light, the synchronization control system 80 starts the pre-exposure synchronization stabilization operation of the two stages RST and WSI.

这样,在完成两载物台RST、WST的同步稳定、开始曝光前,光源11开始发光,通过主控制装置50,根据初缩掩模板干涉仪30的测定值,和初缩掩模板载物台RST同步,控制可动初缩掩模板遮帘18M的规定遮光片的移动,防止初缩掩模板R的图形区域外的剩余部分被曝光,这点和普通的扫描步进器相同。In this way, before the synchronous stabilization of the two stages RST and WST is completed and the exposure is started, the light source 11 starts to emit light. Through the main control device 50, according to the measured value of the initial shrinkage mask interferometer 30, and the initial shrinkage mask stage RST synchronously controls the movement of the prescribed light-shielding sheet of the movable shrink mask blind 18M to prevent the remaining part outside the pattern area of the shrink mask R from being exposed, which is the same as the common scanning stepper.

两载物台RST、WST一达到匀速同步状态,利用来自照明光学系统18的紫外脉冲光开始照明初缩掩模板R的图形区域,并开始上述的扫描曝光。As soon as the two stages RST and WST reach the state of constant speed synchronization, the ultraviolet pulsed light from the illumination optical system 18 starts to illuminate the pattern area of the contracted reticle R, and the above-mentioned scanning exposure starts.

同步控制系统80进行同步控制,特别是在上述扫描曝光时,使初缩掩模板载物台RST在Y轴方向的移动速度Vr和晶片载物台WST在Y轴方向的移动速度Vw(=Vy),维持在与投影光学系统PL的投影倍率(1/4倍或1/5倍)相适应的速度比。The synchronous control system 80 performs synchronous control, especially during the above-mentioned scanning exposure, so that the moving speed Vr of the reticle stage RST in the Y-axis direction and the moving speed Vw (=Vy) of the wafer stage WST in the Y-axis direction ), maintaining a speed ratio compatible with the projection magnification (1/4 or 1/5) of the projection optical system PL.

初缩掩模板R的图形区域的不同区域被紫外脉冲光逐次照明,完成对全部图形区域的照明,从而结束晶片W上的第一照射的扫描曝光。这样,初缩掩模板R的图形通过投影光学系统PL被缩小转印在第一照射区域上。Different areas of the pattern area of the shrink mask R are sequentially illuminated by the ultraviolet pulsed light to complete the illumination of the entire pattern area, thereby ending the scanning exposure of the first irradiation on the wafer W. In this way, the pattern of the reduced reticle R is reduced and transferred onto the first shot area by the projection optical system PL.

在上述扫描曝光过程中,主控制装置50等待在步骤112的曝光结束。During the scanning exposure described above, the main control device 50 waits for the exposure at step 112 to end.

上述的第一照射的扫描曝光一结束,步骤112的的判断被肯定,前进到步骤114,停止激光光束的照射。该照射停止也可以停止光源11的发光,也可以关闭光源11内的未图示的快门。When the scanning exposure of the above-mentioned first irradiation is completed, the judgment of step 112 is affirmed, and the process proceeds to step 114, where irradiation of the laser beam is stopped. This stop of irradiation may stop the light emission of the light source 11, and may close the shutter which is not shown in the light source 11. FIG.

在步骤116,参照计数m,例如根据照射图判断该计数值m是否是第n行(此处是第一行)的最后照射序号。此时,因为m=1,所以此处的判断被否定,前进到步骤118,待计数m增1后,转入步骤120,把第n行第m号的照射(此处是第一行第二号照射、即第二照射)曝光所需的各种设定信息传送给同步控制系统80。在传送该各种设定信息的期间,通过同步控制系统80进行与曝光结束后的扫描方向相关的晶片载物台WST和初缩掩模板载物台RST的匀速过扫描(后稳定)动作。因此,同步控制系统80可以正常接收传送来的各种设定信息,并存储在内部存储器中。In step 116, refer to the count m, and judge whether the count value m is the last irradiation sequence number of the nth row (here, the first row), for example, according to the irradiation map. Now, because m=1, so the judgment here is denied, advance to step 118, after waiting for counting m to increase by 1, turn over to step 120, the irradiation of the mth number of the nth row (here is the first row of the first row) Various setting information required for the exposure of the second shot (ie, the second shot) is transmitted to the synchronous control system 80 . During the transfer of the various setting information, the synchronous control system 80 performs constant-speed overscan (post-stabilization) operation of wafer stage WST and reticle stage RST in relation to the scanning direction after exposure. Therefore, the synchronous control system 80 can normally receive the transmitted various setting information and store them in the internal memory.

传送上述设定信息后,主控制装置50在步骤122把第一模式下的两载物台RST、WST的移动(以下略称“第一模式的移动”)指示给同步控制系统80,然后返回步骤108,等待两载物台RST、WST向目标扫描速度的加速结束。After transmitting the above-mentioned setting information, the main control device 50 instructs the synchronous control system 80 of the movement of the two stages RST and WST under the first mode (hereinafter referred to as "movement of the first mode") in step 122, and then returns to the step 108. Wait for the end of the acceleration of the two stages RST and WST to the target scanning speed.

在该步骤108的等待状态期间,通过同步控制系统80进行第一模式的移动动作。下面,详细说明该第一模式的移动动作。<第一模式的移动动作>During the waiting state of this step 108 , the movement operation of the first mode is performed by the synchronous control system 80 . Next, the moving operation in the first mode will be described in detail. <Movement action of the first mode>

作为一个实例,说明顺序曝光图5所示位于同一行的邻接照射、第一照射S1、第二照射S2时,两载物台在照射之间的移动动作。As an example, when sequentially exposing adjacent shots, first shot S 1 , and second shot S 2 located in the same row as shown in FIG. 5 , the movement of the two stages between shots will be described.

在图6A中,用实线表示与晶片载物台WST进行第一模式的移动动作时的扫描方向(Y轴方向)相关的加速度率(jerk)曲线Jy(t),用虚线表示与其非扫描方向(X轴方向)相关的加速度率曲线Jx(t)。其中,所谓加速度率是指加速度变化的比例、即因位置时间形成的3次微分。In FIG. 6A, the acceleration rate (jerk) curve Jy(t) related to the scanning direction (Y-axis direction) when the wafer stage WST performs the movement operation of the first mode is represented by a solid line, and the non-scanning curve Jy(t) is represented by a dotted line. The acceleration rate curve Jx(t) related to the direction (X-axis direction). Here, the jerk refers to the ratio of acceleration change, that is, the third-order differential formed by the position time.

在图6B中,用实线表示与图6A对应的晶片载物台WST的扫描方向相关的加速度曲线Ay(t),用虚线表示与其非扫描方向相关的加速度曲线Ax(t)。在图6C中,用实线表示与图6A及图6B对应的晶片载物台WST的扫描方向相关的速度曲线Vy(t),用虚线表示与其非扫描方向相关的速度曲线Vx(t)。在图6D中,用实线表示与图6A及图6B和图6C对应的晶片载物台WST的扫描方向相关的位移曲线Py(t),用虚线表示与其非扫描方向相关的位移曲线Px(t)。在这些图6A~图6D中,横轴表示时间(t)。In FIG. 6B, the acceleration curve Ay(t) related to the scanning direction of wafer stage WST corresponding to FIG. 6A is shown by a solid line, and the acceleration curve Ax(t) related to the non-scanning direction thereof is shown by a dotted line. In FIG. 6C, the velocity curve Vy(t) related to the scanning direction of wafer stage WST corresponding to FIGS. 6A and 6B is shown by a solid line, and the velocity curve Vx(t) related to the non-scanning direction is shown by a dashed line. In Fig. 6D, the displacement curve Py (t) relevant to the scanning direction of the wafer stage WST corresponding to Fig. 6A and Fig. 6B and Fig. 6C is represented by a solid line, and the displacement curve Px ( t). In these FIGS. 6A to 6D , the horizontal axis represents time (t).

在该第一模式的移动动作中,初缩掩模板RST是按照上述的加速度率曲线Jy(t)、加速度曲线Ay(t)、速度曲线Vy(t)及位移曲线Py(t)的投影倍率的倒数倍大小的各时间变化曲线来移动,所以省略其详细说明。In the movement action of the first mode, the initial reduction mask RST is according to the projection magnification of the above-mentioned acceleration curve Jy(t), acceleration curve Ay(t), velocity curve Vy(t) and displacement curve Py(t) Each time-varying curve of the reciprocal multiple of the size is shifted, so detailed description thereof will be omitted.

在本实施方式中,实际上是根据图6A的加速度率曲线,由同步控制系统80生成速度或位置的指令值,根据该指令值,利用晶片载物台控制器78通过晶片驱动系统48来控制晶片载物台WST,以下,为了便于理解说明,以图6C的速度曲线为中心,适当参照其他附图进行说明。In this embodiment, actually, according to the acceleration rate curve in FIG. 6A , the synchronous control system 80 generates a speed or position command value, and according to the command value, the wafer stage controller 78 is used to control the speed or position through the wafer driving system 48. Wafer stage WST will be described below with reference to other drawings as appropriate, centering on the velocity curve in FIG. 6C for ease of understanding.

首先来考虑扫描方向。如上所述,在从照射S1的曝光结束时刻t1(此时的点P位于图5中的点A位置)到经过匀速过扫描时间T4后的时间t2(=t1+T4),晶片载物台WST开始减速(在图5中的+Y方向具有速度时的-Y方向的速度)。减速开始后,该减速度逐渐变大(-Y方向的加速度的绝对值变大),并达到规定的一定值(-Aa),在此后的一定时间ΔT维持该一定值(参照图6B)。但是,从减速开始时间t2到时间ty5期间是减速时间。Let's consider the scan direction first. As mentioned above, from the exposure end time t 1 of the irradiation S 1 (the point P at this time is located at the point A in Fig. 5 ) to the time t 2 (=t 1 +T 4 ), wafer stage WST starts to decelerate (the velocity in the -Y direction when the +Y direction in FIG. 5 has a velocity). After the deceleration starts, the deceleration gradually increases (the absolute value of the acceleration in the -Y direction increases), reaches a predetermined constant value (-Aa), and maintains the constant value for a certain time ΔT thereafter (see FIG. 6B ). However, the period from the deceleration start time t2 to the time ty5 is the deceleration time.

此时,以图5中的点A(O、Ay)为基准点,晶片载物台WST按图6C所示,在从曝光结束时刻t1到时间T4期间以一定速度Vscan向+Y方向前进,然后,以经过时间T4的时刻t2为时间的基准点,以根据图6C的速度曲线Vy(t)所得的速度,仅使时间Ty5进一步向+Y方向前进。在经过该时间Ty5后的时刻t3,形成开始对作为另一划分区域的照射S2的预扫描的分支点B(Bx、By)(参照图5)。At this time, with the point A ( O , Ay) in FIG. 5 as the reference point, the wafer stage WST, as shown in FIG . Advance, and then, with the time t2 after the elapsed time T4 as the reference point of time, at the speed obtained from the speed curve V y (t) in FIG. 6C , only the time T y5 is further advanced in the +Y direction. At time t 3 after this time T y5 has elapsed, a branch point B (B x , B y ) is formed (see FIG. 5 ) at which pre-scanning for the irradiation S 2 which is another divided area starts.

然后,晶片载物台WST以加速开始点t3为时间的基准,在时间Ty1期间以根据速度曲线Vy(t)所得的速度向-Y方向加速。Then, wafer stage WST accelerates in the -Y direction at a speed obtained from speed curve V y (t) during time T y1 using acceleration start point t3 as a time reference.

在上述时间(Ty5+Ty1)期间,加速度率曲线Jy(t)如图6A所示,形成在中央部隔着加速度率=0的区间、存在下侧凸的倒山形(谷)和上侧凸的山形形状的曲线,即形成已两极化的编码反转后的曲线。During the above time period (T y5 +T y1 ), the acceleration rate curve J y (t) is formed in the center part with an interval of acceleration rate = 0 as shown in FIG. A mountain-shaped curve with a convex upper side forms a curve after the polarized coding is reversed.

即,在第一模式移动动作中,把该加速度率曲线Jy(t)作为在对某照射的曝光结束后、到对下一照射的曝光用同步稳定期间(T2)前、进行晶片载物台WST在扫描方向上的助走动作时的指令值的基本,所以在对应的期间,加速度曲线Ay(t)形成图6B中用实线表示的梯形状。因此,关于该助走期间,在该期间中的最高减速度(最大瞬间减速度)或最高加速度(最大瞬间加速度)的绝对值Aymax=Aa,和平均加速度的绝对值Ayave之间,满足关系That is, in the movement operation of the first mode, the acceleration rate curve J y (t) is regarded as the wafer loading time between the end of exposure to a certain shot and the synchronous stabilization period (T 2 ) for exposure to the next shot. Since the object table WST is based on the command value during the assist movement in the scanning direction, the acceleration curve A y (t) forms a trapezoidal shape indicated by a solid line in FIG. 6B during the corresponding period. Therefore, with regard to this walking assist period, the relationship is satisfied between the absolute value A ymax =Aa of the highest deceleration (maximum instantaneous deceleration) or the highest acceleration (maximum instantaneous acceleration) during this period, and the absolute value A yave of the average acceleration

Ayave<Aymax=Aa<2AyaveA yave < A ymax = Aa < 2A yave .

另一方面,作为比较例,图7A~图7D表示与图6A~图6D相对应的现有曝光装置的晶片载物台的加速度率曲线、加速度曲线、速度曲线、位移曲线(在这些图中,横轴是时间)。从图7A可以得知,进行上述晶片载物台在扫描方向上的助走动作期间,作为加速度率曲线,使用的是四极化后的加速度率曲线。因此,加速度曲线在对应的期间呈现图7B中实线所示的大致三角形。所以,关于该该助走期间,在最高加速度(最大瞬间加速度)或最高减速度(最大瞬间减速度)的绝对值Aymax、和平均加速度的绝对值Ayave之间,满足关系On the other hand, as a comparative example, FIGS. 7A to 7D show the acceleration rate curve, acceleration curve, velocity curve, and displacement curve (in these figures) of the wafer stage of the conventional exposure apparatus corresponding to FIGS. 6A to 6D. , the horizontal axis is time). As can be seen from FIG. 7A , during the assist movement of the wafer stage in the scanning direction, as the jerk curve, the jerk curve after four polarizations is used. Therefore, the acceleration curve exhibits a substantially triangular shape as shown by the solid line in FIG. 7B during the corresponding period. Therefore, during this walking assist period, the relationship is satisfied between the absolute value A ymax of the maximum acceleration (maximum instantaneous acceleration) or the maximum deceleration (maximum instantaneous deceleration) and the absolute value A yave of the average acceleration.

Aymax2AyaveA ymax 2A yave .

这样,本实施方式的曝光装置10可以提高平均加速度(或平均减速度)的绝对值相对最大加速度(或最大减速度)的绝对值的比率,换言之,能够抑制最大加速度(或最大减速度),所以,可以使进行该加速(或减速)时驱动晶片载物台WST的线性电机等执行机构或其驱动放大器等小型化,并且能够因降低消耗电力而抑制发热。在初缩掩模板载物台RST一侧也能获得相同效果,此外,在在初缩掩模板载物台RST一侧,还能抑制加速度率波动(急剧的变化和该变化频度),所以能有效抑制初缩掩模板R产生错位。In this way, the exposure apparatus 10 of this embodiment can increase the ratio of the absolute value of the average acceleration (or average deceleration) to the absolute value of the maximum acceleration (or maximum deceleration), in other words, can suppress the maximum acceleration (or maximum deceleration), Therefore, it is possible to reduce the size of the actuator such as the linear motor driving wafer stage WST or its driving amplifier during the acceleration (or deceleration), and to suppress heat generation by reducing power consumption. The same effect can also be obtained on the side of the shrinking mask stage RST. In addition, on the side of the shrinking mask stage RST, acceleration fluctuations (sharp changes and frequency of changes) can also be suppressed, so It can effectively suppress the misalignment of the initial contraction mask R.

按如上所述进行加速,达到图6C中所示的时刻t4时,晶片载物台WST达到目标扫描速度-Vscan(其中,负号表示-Y方向的速度),之后,经过作为初缩掩模板R和晶片W的同步控制期间的时间T2,开始曝光。曝光时间T3是用T3=(照射区域长度Ly+照明狭缝宽度w)/Vscan表示。Accelerate as described above, when reaching time t4 shown in Fig. 6C, wafer stage WST reaches target scanning speed- Vscan (wherein, negative sign represents the speed of-Y direction), afterwards, passes through as initial shrinkage Exposure starts at time T2 during the synchronous control of reticle R and wafer W. The exposure time T 3 is represented by T 3 =(the length of the irradiation region Ly+the width of the illumination slit w)/V scan .

下面,考虑非扫描方向的移动动作(照射之间的步进动作)。如图6C所示,在照射S1的曝光结束的时刻t1,马上按照速度曲线Vx(t)开始向晶片载物台WST的-X方向加速。从加速开始到经过时间Tx5的时刻,达到最高速度-Vxman(其中,负号表示-X方向的速度)。此时,晶片载物台WST的X坐标是-Bx,点P位于图5中的点B(Bx、By)。然后,从该时刻起按照速度曲线Vx(t)开始减速(在-X方向具有速度时的+X方向的加速)。从减速开始时刻(加速完成时刻)到经过时间Tx1时,减速完成,速度变为0(即,停止在非扫描方向上的移动)。此时,晶片载物台的X坐标变为-Lx(Lx是步进长度),P点达到图5中的点C(Lx、Cy)。Next, the moving operation in the non-scanning direction (stepping operation between irradiations) will be considered. As shown in FIG. 6C , at time t 1 when the exposure of irradiation S 1 ends, acceleration in the -X direction of wafer stage WST starts immediately according to speed curve Vx(t). From the start of acceleration to the time Tx5 elapsed, the maximum velocity -Vxman is reached (wherein, the negative sign represents the velocity in the -X direction). At this time, the X coordinate of wafer stage WST is -Bx, and point P is located at point B (Bx, By) in FIG. 5 . Then, deceleration (acceleration in the +X direction when there is a speed in the -X direction) starts according to the speed curve V x (t) from this point. When time T x1 elapses from the deceleration start timing (acceleration completion timing), the deceleration is completed and the velocity becomes 0 (ie, the movement in the non-scanning direction is stopped). At this time, the X coordinate of the wafer stage becomes -Lx (Lx is the step length), and the point P reaches the point C (Lx, Cy) in FIG. 5 .

即,关于扫描方向,如图6C所示,在从前一照射的曝光结束时刻t1起到经过时间(T4+Ty5+Ty1)后的时刻t4完成下一照射的曝光所需要的加速,但是,关于非扫描方向,如图6C所示,在从前一照射的曝光结束时刻起到经过时间(Tx5+Tx1)后的时刻完成加减速,这样,假定Ty1=Tx1并且Ty5=Tx5成立,可知在扫描方向的稳定时间T2时开始同步控制之前,仅提前T4完成步进动作。此时的晶片载物台WST的轨迹呈现图5所示的抛物线状。That is, with regard to the scanning direction, as shown in FIG. 6C , at time t4 after the time ( T4 + Ty5 + Ty1 ) has elapsed from the exposure end time t1 of the previous shot to completion of exposure for the next shot Acceleration, however, regarding the non-scanning direction, as shown in FIG. 6C, acceleration and deceleration are completed at the time (T x5 +T x1 ) elapsed from the exposure end time of the previous irradiation, so that it is assumed that T y1 =T x1 and If T y5 =T x5 holds true, it can be seen that the step action is completed only T 4 ahead of time before the synchronous control starts at the stabilization time T 2 of the scanning direction. At this time, the locus of wafer stage WST takes a parabolic shape as shown in FIG. 5 .

上述的非扫描方向的步进动作比扫描方向的稳定时间时的同步控制开始提前结束,是指以下现象,使扫描方向的速度为零的点、即减速结束、开始下一照射的曝光所需要的加速的点、亦即图5的B点(Bx、By)的X坐标Bx在照射S1和S2的境界处更接近于S2,与晶片载物台WST的扫描方向的过扫描及预扫描动作并行,进行非扫描方向的移动动作(步进动作),晶片载物台控制器78和同步控制系统80控制晶片载物台WST的X、Y各方向的移动。The aforementioned stepping motion in the non-scanning direction ends earlier than the start of synchronous control during the stabilization time in the scanning direction. The point of acceleration, that is, the X coordinate Bx of point B (Bx, By) in Fig. 5 is closer to S2 at the boundary of irradiation S1 and S2 , and the overscan and overscan of the scanning direction of wafer stage WST The pre-scanning operation is performed in parallel, and a moving operation (stepping operation) in a non-scanning direction is performed. Wafer stage controller 78 and synchronous control system 80 control movement of wafer stage WST in X and Y directions.

进行上述非扫描方向的步进时的加速度率曲线Jx(t),如图6A虚线所示,包括2组形状不同且相互逆向的加速度率曲线,形成合计四极化的加速度率曲线,并且,该加速度率曲线不包含加速度率为零的区间。即,该场合时,根据图6B和图6C即可明确,在扫描方向上,加速度Ax(t)和速度Vx(t)时常变化,在非扫描方向上,晶片载物台WST时常移动。换言之,晶片载物台WST中途不停止地与扫描方向上的助走动作并行进行步进动作。The acceleration rate curve J x (t) when performing the stepping in the above-mentioned non-scanning direction, as shown in the dotted line in Figure 6A, includes two groups of different and mutually opposite acceleration rate curves, forming a total of four polarized acceleration rate curves, and , the jerk curve does not contain the interval where the jerk rate is zero. That is, in this case, as can be seen from FIG. 6B and FIG. 6C, the acceleration Ax (t) and the velocity Vx (t) always change in the scanning direction, and the wafer stage WST always moves in the non-scanning direction. . In other words, wafer stage WST performs a stepping operation in parallel with the walking assist operation in the scanning direction without stopping.

因此,基本可以在最短时间内进行晶片载物台WST的照射间的移动动作(包括扫描方向和非扫描方向),可以提高生产能力。Therefore, movement of wafer stage WST between irradiations (including the scanning direction and the non-scanning direction) can be basically performed in the shortest time, and throughput can be improved.

但是,如前所述,由于预扫描时间中包含着使初缩掩模板R完全跟踪晶片W所需的稳定时间T2,所以非扫描方向上的加减速控制最好尽可能地在稳定时间T2的开始时刻前结束。为了实现这一点,从图6C可以明确,本实施方式的晶片载物台控制器78和同步控制系统80,在继曝光结束后晶片载物台WST在扫描方向上的匀速过扫描时间T4期间,进行控制,以使开始晶片载物台WST在非扫描方向上的移动动作,提前结束产生于非扫描方向上的加减速控制,提前量是该匀速过扫描时间T4。即,非扫描方向上的步进要在扫描方向上的同步控制的开始之前结束,所以同步控制系统80可以在稳定时间T2期间,只用于扫描方向的同步控制。此外,进行同步控制时,基本没有非扫描方向的减速影响,所以能够缩短稳定时间T2,也能缩短与其对应的匀速过扫描时间T4(后稳定时间),从这一点讲,能够提高生产能力。However, as mentioned above, since the pre-scanning time includes the settling time T2 required to make the shrinking mask R completely track the wafer W, the acceleration and deceleration control in the non-scanning direction should preferably be controlled within the settling time T as much as possible. 2 ends before the start time. In order to achieve this, it can be clearly seen from FIG. 6C that the wafer stage controller 78 and the synchronous control system 80 of this embodiment, after the end of the exposure, the wafer stage WST in the scanning direction during the constant speed overscan time T4 , control is performed so that the movement of wafer stage WST in the non-scanning direction starts, and the acceleration and deceleration control in the non-scanning direction ends earlier, and the advance amount is the constant speed overscanning time T 4 . That is, the stepping in the non-scanning direction ends before the synchronous control in the scanning direction starts, so the synchronous control system 80 can only be used for the synchronous control in the scanning direction during the stabilization time T2 . In addition, when synchronous control is performed, there is basically no deceleration effect in the non-scanning direction, so the stabilization time T 2 can be shortened, and the corresponding uniform-speed overscanning time T 4 (post-stabilization time) can also be shortened. From this point of view, the production can be improved. ability.

返回图3的说明,在进行以上所说明的第一模式的移动动作期间,如前所述,主控制装置50在步骤108等待两载物台RST、WST的加速结束。上述第一模式的移动动作一结束,步骤108的判断被肯定,以后反复步骤110→112→114→116→118→120→122→108的环状处理(包括判断),直至在步骤116的判断被肯定。这样,对从第n行第2号照射(此处是第1行第2号)的照射(第二照射)到第n行(此处是第1行)的最后照射,利用交替扫描分别进行扫描曝光,对这些照射依次转印初缩掩模板R的图形。Returning to the description of FIG. 3 , during the moving operation in the first mode described above, as described above, the main controller 50 waits for the completion of the acceleration of the two stages RST and WST in step 108 . Once the moving action of above-mentioned first mode finishes, the judgment of step 108 is affirmed, and the circular processing (including judgment) of step 110 → 112 → 114 → 116 → 118 → 120 → 122 → 108 is repeated afterwards until the judgment in step 116 Affirmed. In this way, from the irradiation (second irradiation) of the No. 2 irradiation in the nth row (here, the No. 1 row in the first row) to the final irradiation in the nth row (here, the No. 1 row), each is performed by alternate scanning. In the scanning exposure, the pattern of the reduced reticle R is sequentially transferred to these irradiations.

这样,第1行的最后照射的扫描曝光一结束,步骤116的判断被肯定,则转入步骤124。In this way, when the scanning exposure of the last irradiation of the first line is completed and the judgment of step 116 is affirmative, the process proceeds to step 124 .

在步骤124,把计数m初始化为1,同时对计数n增1(m←1、n←n+1)。In step 124, the count m is initialized to 1, and the count n is incremented by 1 (m←1, n←n+1).

在下一步骤126,参照计数n,判断该计数值n是否大于最终行序号N。此时,在n=2时,该步骤126的判断被否定,并前进到步骤128,把第n行(此处是第2行)的第1号照射的曝光所需的各种设定信息传送给同步控制系统80,之后,前进到步骤130,向同步控制系统80下达了第二模式的两载物台RST、WST的移动(以下,略称为“第二模式的移动”)指示后,返回步骤108,等待两载物台RST、WST的目标扫描速度的加速结束。在该步骤108的等待状态期间,通过同步控制系统80进行第二模式的移动动作。下面说明该第二模式的移动动作。<第二模式的移动动作>In the next step 126, the count n is referred to, and it is judged whether the count value n is greater than the final row number N or not. At this time, when n=2, the judgment of step 126 is negated, and proceeds to step 128, and various setting information required for the exposure of the No. After sending to the synchronous control system 80, proceed to step 130, after the movement of the two stages RST and WST of the second mode (hereinafter referred to as "movement of the second mode") in the second mode is issued to the synchronous control system 80, Return to step 108, wait for the completion of the acceleration of the target scanning speed of the two stages RST, WST. During the waiting state of this step 108 , the movement operation of the second mode is performed by the synchronous control system 80 . The movement operation in this second mode will be described below. <Movement action of the second mode>

该第二模式的移动动作,是对应于图4中用单点划线表示的点P在不同行间的移动轨迹,在最终行以外的行(由非扫描方向上并列的多个照射组成的行)内的最终照射(为了方便,称为“照射A”)的曝光结束后、不同行(下一行)的最初照射(为了方便,称为“照射B”)的曝光开始前进行的两载物台的移动动作。The moving action of the second mode is corresponding to the moving track of point P represented by a single dotted line in Fig. row) after the exposure of the final shot (for convenience, called "shot A") and before the start of exposure of a different row (next row) (for convenience, called "shot B") The movement of the stage.

该不同行间的移动动作,需要结合晶片扫描曝光前的加速条件和初缩掩模板扫描前的加速条件,所以晶片载物台在曝光开始前,要暂且停止非扫描方向及扫描方向上的移动。The movement between different rows needs to combine the acceleration conditions before the wafer scanning exposure and the acceleration conditions before the shrink mask scanning, so the movement of the wafer stage in the non-scanning direction and the scanning direction must be temporarily stopped before the exposure starts. .

因此,上述照射A、B间的晶片载物台WST的扫描方向的移动动作的程序,通常采用以下顺序,照射A曝光后的匀速过扫描(后稳定)→移动到与照射A的曝光用扫描开始位置相对应的位置(曝光后的减速完成位置)→移动到照射B的曝光用扫描开始位置(加速开始位置)→停止在该加速开始位置→加速→曝光前的同步稳定。该场合时,和上述以往的扫描方向上的划分区域间的助走动作相同,加速度率曲线变为有四个极值。Therefore, the procedure for moving the wafer stage WST in the scanning direction between irradiation A and B generally adopts the following sequence, uniform speed overscan (post-stabilization) after exposure of irradiation A → moving to scanning for exposure of irradiation A Position corresponding to the start position (post-exposure deceleration completion position) → move to the exposure scanning start position of irradiation B (acceleration start position) → stop at the acceleration start position → accelerate → stabilize synchronization before exposure. In this case, the jerk curve has four extremums, similar to the above-described conventional walking assist operation between divided regions in the scanning direction.

但是,本实施方式的第二模式的移动动作中,没有上述照射A的曝光后的后稳定期间。以下,将说明其理由。However, in the moving operation in the second mode of the present embodiment, there is no post-stabilization period after the exposure of the above-mentioned irradiation A. FIG. The reason for this will be described below.

图8A~图8D以时间为横轴,分别表示在上述照射A和照射B的同样的不同行的照射之间、前一照射曝光后的减速结束的时刻以后,晶片载物台WST在扫描方向上的加速度率曲线Jy(t)、加速度曲线Ay(t)、速度曲线Vy(t)、位移曲线Py(t)。8A to FIG. 8D take time as the horizontal axis, and respectively show the movement of the wafer stage WST in the scanning direction between the irradiation of the same different rows of the above-mentioned irradiation A and irradiation B, and after the deceleration after the previous irradiation exposure ends. The acceleration rate curve J y (t), the acceleration curve A y (t), the velocity curve V y (t), and the displacement curve P y (t).

根据图8A可以明确,该第二模式的移动动作中,在构成开始移动后已两极化的编码反转后的一组加速度率曲线的、+侧凸出的加速度率曲线和-侧凸出的加速度率曲线之间,设有时间T0的加速度率为零的区间,在构成移动结束之前已两极化的编码反转后的一组加速度率曲线的、-侧凸出的加速度率曲线和+侧凸出的加速度率曲线之间,设有时间T0的加速度率为零的区间。所以,对应各组加速度率曲线的加速度曲线形成图8B所示的梯形曲线,并形成和前述相同的最大加速度(的绝对值)被抑制后的形状。这样,进行晶片载物台WST在不同行的照射之间的移动动作时,可以抑制加速时所需的电力。According to Fig. 8A, it can be clearly seen that in the moving action of the second mode, the positive acceleration curve on the + side and the convex acceleration curve on the - side constitute a set of acceleration curves after the polarized codes are reversed after starting to move. Between the jerk curves, there is an interval where the jerk rate is zero at time T 0 , and a set of jerk rate curves, the jerk rate curves and the + side convex jerk rate curves of a group of jerk rate curves after the polarized code is reversed before the end of the constitutive movement Between the jerk curves that protrude sideways, there is an interval where the jerk rate is zero at time T 0 . Therefore, the acceleration curves corresponding to each set of jerk rate curves form a trapezoidal curve as shown in FIG. 8B , and form the same suppressed maximum acceleration (absolute value) as above. In this way, the electric power required for acceleration can be suppressed when wafer stage WST is moved between irradiations of different rows.

此时,有意识地抑制最大加速度的绝对值Amax,有2处能确保加速度的一定时间T0,所以去掉前述的后稳定期间,以使扫描方向的助走所需的时间不长于必要时间。At this time, the absolute value of the maximum acceleration Amax is consciously suppressed, and there are two places where acceleration can be ensured for a certain time T 0 , so the aforementioned post-stabilization period is removed so that the time required for walking in the scanning direction is not longer than necessary.

这样,对生产能力基本没有坏的影响。实质上,根据图4可以判明,假定照射数为76个时,使用上述的行间移动程序的场所只不过9处。In this way, there is basically no bad effect on production capacity. In fact, as can be seen from FIG. 4 , when the number of shots is assumed to be 76, there are only 9 places where the above-mentioned inter-row movement program is used.

初缩掩模板载物台RST可以在晶片载物台WST已移动到对上述照射A的曝光后的减速结束位置的时刻,结束向扫描开始位置的移动,所以,只要在开始晶片载物台WST的照射B曝光前的加速之前,初缩掩模板载物台RST一直是停止的即可。The shrinking reticle stage RST can end the movement to the scanning start position when the wafer stage WST has moved to the deceleration end position after exposure to the above-mentioned irradiation A. Therefore, as long as the wafer stage WST is started Before the acceleration before the exposure of the irradiation B, the shrinking mask stage RST is always stopped.

图8A~图8D中,虽省略了图示,但在上述停止期间后,和前述的图6A~图6D相同,开始晶片载物台WST的加速,并与此同步开始初缩掩模板载物台RST的加速。In FIGS. 8A to 8D , although illustration is omitted, after the above-mentioned stop period, the acceleration of wafer stage WST is started in the same way as in FIG. 6A to FIG. Acceleration of Taiwan RST.

返回图3的说明,在通过同步控制系统80进行以上所说明的第二模式的移动动作期间,如前所述,主控制装置50在步骤108等待两载物台RST、WST的加速结束。上述第二模式的移动动作一结束,步骤108的判断被肯定,以后,在对从第二行第一号照射到最终行(第N行)的最后照射SM的曝光结束之前,反复上述步骤108以后的处理。Returning to the description of FIG. 3 , during the movement operation of the second mode described above by the synchronous control system 80 , as described above, the main control device 50 waits for the completion of the acceleration of the two stages RST and WST in step 108 . As soon as the moving action of the above-mentioned second mode ends, the judgment of step 108 is affirmed. Afterwards, before the exposure of the last irradiation SM from the second row No. 1 irradiation to the final row (Nth row) ends, the above steps are repeated. Treatment after 108.

这样,晶片W上的照射的扫描曝光和照射之间的步进动作,可以通过完全交替扫描来反复进行,在完成初缩掩模板R对晶片W上的最终照射SM的图形转印后,步骤126的判断被肯定,即结束本程序的一系列处理。In this way, the scanning exposure of irradiation on the wafer W and the stepping action between irradiation can be repeated through complete alternate scanning. If the judgment in step 126 is affirmative, the series of processing in this program ends.

本实施方式是按图4所示路径依次交替地进行扫描曝光。此时,总曝光行是偶数行,所以从图4左下方的照射S1开始曝光,最初的一行按从左到右的顺序被曝光,下一行按从右到左的顺序交替地进行步进,最终在左上方的照射SM的曝光结束的时刻,晶片载物台WST移动到规定的晶片交换位置,反复进行上述动作即构成程序。在进行上述交替扫描时,在同一行间的邻接照射之间,进行上述的良好效率的晶片载物台WST的照射之间的移动控制。In this embodiment, the scanning exposure is sequentially and alternately performed along the path shown in FIG. 4 . At this time, the total exposure lines are even-numbered lines, so the exposure starts from the irradiation S1 at the bottom left of Figure 4, the first line is exposed from left to right, and the next line is alternately stepped from right to left Finally, when the exposure of the upper left shot SM ends, the wafer stage WST moves to a predetermined wafer exchange position, and the above-mentioned operation is repeated, that is, the configuration procedure is performed. When the above-mentioned alternate scanning is performed, the above-described efficient movement control of wafer stage WST between shots is performed between adjacent shots in the same row.

a.如上所述,根据本实施方式的曝光装置10,通过主控制装置50,在对晶片W上的一个照射区域的曝光结束后,到用于进行下一照射区域的曝光,通过载物台控制系统(80、33、78)使实施两载物台RST、WST在扫描方向上开始减速之前的期间,把下一照射区域的曝光所需的控制参数的设定信息传送给构成载物台控制系统的同步控制系统80(参照图3的步骤120、128)。因此,在对晶片W上的一个照射区域的曝光结束后,到用于下一照射区域的曝光的两载物台RST、WST的同步稳定之前期间,可以通过载物台控制系统(80、33、78)采用使两载物台RST、WST不停止的控制程序。即,载物台控制系统为了从上位装置获卸载一照射区域的曝光用所需要控制参数的设定信息,不需要使两载物台在加速前暂且停止,所以不存在停止时间,相应地可以提高生产能力。此时,同步控制系统80可以按上述定时独力传送可能会时常被取样的初缩掩模板干涉仪30、激光干涉仪系统76及来自上述聚焦·水平检测系统的信息以外的所有必要信息。自然,通过提高同步控制系统80的处理速度,可以使同步控制系统80一侧具有根据移动镜弯曲等信息来运算所需要的校正值的功能,但是,进行同步控制所需的响应速度也要求高速化,所以为了实现快速处理,最好采用下述处理方式,即,对校验和初期设定信息、用户的设定信息等中用于载物台控制的参数设定信息全部用主控制装置50(上位单元)预先进行运算处理,和载物台控制信息及曝光信息相同,把与同步控制相关的参数的设定信息作为行列式、以可以最快速处理的状态,转送给同步控制系统80。a. As described above, according to the exposure apparatus 10 of this embodiment, after the exposure of one shot area on the wafer W is completed by the main control device 50, the next shot area is exposed, and the stage The control system (80, 33, 78) transmits the setting information of the control parameters required for the exposure of the next shot area to the constituent stage during the period before the two stages RST and WST start to decelerate in the scanning direction. Synchronous control system 80 of the control system (refer to steps 120, 128 of FIG. 3). Therefore, after the exposure of one shot region on the wafer W is completed, the stage control system (80, 33 , 78) Adopt the control program that makes the two stage RST, WST not stop. That is, the stage control system does not need to temporarily stop the two stages before accelerating in order to obtain the setting information of the control parameters required for the exposure of a shot area from the host device, so there is no stop time, and accordingly, it is possible to Improve production capacity. At this time, the synchronous control system 80 can independently transmit all necessary information except the reduction mask interferometer 30, the laser interferometer system 76, and the information from the above-mentioned focus and level detection system that may be sampled frequently at the above-mentioned timing. Naturally, by increasing the processing speed of the synchronous control system 80, the side of the synchronous control system 80 can have the function of calculating the required correction value according to information such as the bending of the moving mirror, but the response speed required for synchronous control also requires high speed. Therefore, in order to achieve fast processing, it is best to adopt the following processing method, that is, all the parameter setting information used for stage control in the checksum initial setting information, user setting information, etc. 50 (superior unit) performs arithmetic processing in advance, which is the same as stage control information and exposure information, and transfers the setting information of parameters related to synchronous control as a determinant to the synchronous control system 80 in a state that can be processed most quickly .

本实施方式的曝光装置10的构成是,如上所述,在对晶片上的一个照射区域的曝光结束后,把下一照射区域的曝光用所需的控制参数的设定信息发送给同步控制系统80。但是,如果硬件构成上允许(例如,进一步提高同步控制系统的处理速度等),也可以不在对晶片上的一个照射区域的曝光结束后,而是在该曝光动作进行过程中发送上述设定信息(也可以在曝光过程中开始发送设定信息)。此外,本发明并不受此限定,如上所述只要硬件构成上允许,也可以在任意定时(例如,对上述一个照射区域的曝光前的同步控制动作过程中(前稳定过程中))开始发送上述设定信息。最好形成下述构成,在上述的曝光过程中、或同步控制动作过程中开始发送信息时,发送下一照射区域以后的多个照射区域的曝光用所需的控制参数的设定信息。The exposure apparatus 10 of the present embodiment is structured such that, as described above, after the exposure of one shot area on the wafer is completed, the setting information of the control parameters required for the exposure of the next shot area is sent to the synchronous control system. 80. However, if the hardware configuration allows (for example, to further increase the processing speed of the synchronous control system, etc.), it is also possible to send the above-mentioned setting information not after the exposure to a shot area on the wafer is completed, but during the exposure operation. (It is also possible to start sending setting information during exposure). In addition, the present invention is not limited thereto. As described above, as long as the hardware configuration permits, it is also possible to start sending above setting information. It is preferable to have a configuration in which setting information of control parameters necessary for exposure of a plurality of shot areas after the next shot area is transmitted when information transmission is started during the above-mentioned exposure process or synchronous control operation.

b.根据本实施方式的曝光装置10,载物台控制系统(80、33、78)在对晶片W上的一个照射区域的曝光结束后,使两载物台RST、WST在扫描方向上减速时,开始下一照射区域的曝光所需的两载物台的同步控制。所以,例如和在两载物台的减速结束后马上开始同步控制同步控制的场合比,可以更早地完成曝光开始前的两载物台的同步稳定,因此由于缩短同步稳定时间,可以提高生产能力。b. According to the exposure apparatus 10 of the present embodiment, the stage control system (80, 33, 78) decelerates the two stages RST, WST in the scanning direction after the exposure to one irradiation area on the wafer W is completed. At this time, the synchronous control of the two stages required for the exposure of the next shot area is started. Therefore, for example, compared with the case where the synchronous control is started immediately after the deceleration of the two stages is completed, the synchronization and stabilization of the two stages before the start of exposure can be completed earlier, and the production can be improved by shortening the synchronization stabilization time. ability.

c.根据本实施方式的曝光装置10,载物台控制系统(80、33、78)可以在下一照射区域的曝光前的两载物台RST、WST的同步稳定期间之前,完成与上述设定信息相适应的两载物台RST、WST的位置设定。因此,可以缩短曝光前的两载物台RST、WST的同步稳定时间,能够进一步提高生产能力。c. According to the exposure device 10 of this embodiment, the stage control system (80, 33, 78) can complete the above-mentioned setting before the synchronization stabilization period of the two stages RST and WST before the exposure of the next shot area. The position setting of the two stages RST and WST according to the information. Therefore, the synchronization stabilization time of the two stages RST and WST before exposure can be shortened, and the throughput can be further improved.

d.根据本实施方式的曝光装置10,通过图6A~图6D可以明确,在垂直于扫描方向的非扫描的同一行内的照射区域间,通过载物台控制系统(80、33、78)进行两载物台RST、WST在扫描方向上减速后被加速的助走动作时,根据按照已两极化的编码反转后的加速度率曲线所得的指令值,控制晶片载物台WST(及初缩掩模板载物台RST)在扫描方向上的动作。即,由于此时的晶片载物台WST的加速度曲线是图6B所示的梯形状,所以如图6C所示,速度的变化一定,没有速度为零的期间,而且可以进行所谓的交替扫描,因此可以缩短上述助走动作所需的时间。另外,该场合时,如图6A所示,可以抑制加速度率曲线的峰值(加速度的时间变化率即跳动(加速度率)的绝对值的最大值),所以能够缩小最大加速度相对晶片载物台WST的加速度的平均值的比,同时可以抑制加速度的急剧变化及其频度。因此,能够提高生产能力,同时抑制晶片载物台WST的驱动系统,例如线性电机等的使用电力。d. According to the exposure device 10 of this embodiment, as can be clearly seen from FIGS. 6A to 6D , between the irradiation areas in the same non-scanning line perpendicular to the scanning direction, the stage control system (80, 33, 78) performs When the two stages RST and WST are decelerated in the scanning direction and then accelerated, the wafer stage WST (and the initial shrinkage mask) are controlled according to the command value obtained from the acceleration rate curve after the polarized code is reversed. The movement of the template stage RST) in the scanning direction. That is, since the acceleration curve of wafer stage WST at this time is trapezoidal as shown in FIG. 6B, as shown in FIG. Therefore, it is possible to shorten the time required for the above-mentioned walking assistance operation. In addition, in this case, as shown in FIG. 6A, the peak value of the jerk curve (the time change rate of acceleration, that is, the maximum value of the absolute value of jerk (jerk rate)) can be suppressed, so the maximum acceleration relative to wafer stage WST can be reduced. The ratio of the average value of acceleration can suppress the sharp change of acceleration and its frequency at the same time. Therefore, productivity can be improved while suppressing the power usage of the driving system of wafer stage WST, such as linear motors.

e.根据本实施方式的曝光装置10,载物台控制系统(80、33、78)按照来自主控制装置50的指示,在垂直于扫描方向的非扫描方向的同一行内的照射区域之间,在对一个照射区域的曝光结束后,可以在曝光结束后开始减速之前确保两载物台在扫描方向上匀速移动的后稳定期间(匀速过扫描期间)  (参照图6C中的T4),而在不同行之间移动时,可以在对一个照射区域的曝光结束后,马上开始两载物台的减速动作(参照图8B)。因此,在不同行之间移动时不存在上述后稳定期间,相应地可以提高生产能力。e. According to the exposure device 10 of this embodiment, the stage control system (80, 33, 78) according to the instruction from the main control device 50, between the irradiation areas in the same row in the non-scanning direction perpendicular to the scanning direction, After the exposure to an irradiated area is completed, the post-stabilization period (constant overscanning period) during which the two stages move at a constant speed in the scanning direction can be ensured before deceleration after the exposure ends (refer to T 4 in FIG. 6C ), and When moving between different rows, it is possible to start the deceleration operation of both stages immediately after the exposure to one shot area is completed (see FIG. 8B ). Thus, there is no post-stabilization period as described above when moving between rows, with a corresponding increase in throughput.

f.根据本实施方式的曝光装置10,通过图6C可以明确,载物台系统(80、33、78)控制两载物台,以便在对晶片W上的一个照射区域的曝光结束后,为了进行下一照射区域的曝光,使两载物台RST、WST在扫描方向上减速后被加速的助走动作,和晶片载物台WST在垂直于扫描方向的非扫描方向上移动的照射区域间的移动动作可以同时并行进行,并且,使晶片载物台WST向非扫描方向移动的动作,在下一照射区域曝光前的两载物台RST、WST的同步稳定期间之前结束。这样,在对晶片W上的一个照射区域的曝光结束后,为了进行下一照射区域的曝光,使两载物台在扫描方向上减速后被加速的助走动作和晶片载物台WST在非扫描方向上移动的照射区域间的移动动作中的至少一部分可以重叠,所以,在和晶片载物台在非扫描方向的照射区域间的移动动作结束后,开始两载物台在扫描方向的加速动作的场合比,能够提高生产能力。另外,载物台控制系统可以在同步稳定期间,只进行两载物台的同步调整,所以能缩短稳定时间。f. According to the exposure device 10 of the present embodiment, it can be clearly seen from FIG. 6C that the stage system (80, 33, 78) controls the two stages so that after the exposure of an irradiation area on the wafer W is completed, for For the exposure of the next shot area, the two stages RST and WST are decelerated in the scanning direction and then accelerated, and the exposure between the shot areas in which the wafer stage WST moves in the non-scanning direction perpendicular to the scanning direction The moving operation can be performed simultaneously and in parallel, and the operation of moving wafer stage WST in the non-scanning direction is completed before the synchronization stabilization period of both stages RST and WST before the exposure of the next shot area. In this way, after the exposure of one shot area on the wafer W is completed, in order to expose the next shot area, the two stages are decelerated in the scanning direction and then accelerated, and the non-scanning operation of the wafer stage WST At least a part of the movement between the irradiation areas moving in the direction can overlap, so after the movement of the wafer stage between the irradiation areas in the non-scanning direction is completed, the acceleration action of the two stages in the scanning direction is started. Occasion ratio, can improve production capacity. In addition, the stage control system can only adjust the synchronization of the two stages during the synchronous stabilization period, so the stabilization time can be shortened.

另外,如果着重考虑本实施方式涉及的载物台装置、即晶片载物台WST及其驱动系统以及其控制系统(80、78),通过其控制系统(80、78),晶片载物台WST在Y轴方向(第1轴方向)减速后被加速的Y轴方向移动动作、和在垂直于Y轴方向的X轴方向(第2轴方向)移动的第2轴方向移动动作同时并行,晶片载物台WST是沿U字状或V字状轨迹移动。此时,由图6A可知,晶片载物台WST在进行Y轴方向移动动作时,根据按照已两极化的编码反转后的加速度率曲线所得的指令值而被控制。此时的晶片载物台WST的加速度曲线是梯形状(参照图6B),所以,速度的变化一定,不存在速度为零的期间(参照图6C),由此可以缩短Y轴方向移动动作所需时间。另外,可以抑制加速度率曲线的峰值,所以能够缩小最大加速度相对晶片载物台的加速度的平均值的比,同时能够抑制加速度的急剧变化及其频度。因此,可以提高生产能力,抑制晶片载物台的晶片驱动系统48,例如线性电机等的使用电力。此时,上述载物台控制系统,在进行X轴方向移动动作时,可以根据至少两极值是不同的形状、合计四极化的加速度率曲线所得的指令值,控制晶片载物台(参照图6A)。In addition, if we focus on the stage device involved in this embodiment, that is, the wafer stage WST and its drive system and its control system (80, 78), through its control system (80, 78), the wafer stage WST The moving operation in the Y-axis direction, which is accelerated after being decelerated in the Y-axis direction (first axis direction), and the second-axis direction movement operation in the X-axis direction (second axis direction) perpendicular to the Y-axis direction are performed in parallel simultaneously. Stage WST moves along a U-shaped or V-shaped trajectory. At this time, as can be seen from FIG. 6A , wafer stage WST is controlled based on the command value obtained from the acceleration rate curve after the polarized code is reversed when moving in the Y-axis direction. At this time, the acceleration curve of wafer stage WST is trapezoidal (refer to FIG. 6B ), so the change in velocity is constant, and there is no period in which the velocity is zero (refer to FIG. 6C ), thereby shortening the time required for moving in the Y-axis direction. It takes time. In addition, since the peak value of the jerk curve can be suppressed, the ratio of the maximum acceleration to the average value of the acceleration of the wafer stage can be reduced, and sudden changes in acceleration and their frequency can be suppressed. Therefore, the throughput can be improved, and the power consumption of the wafer drive system 48 of the wafer stage, such as linear motors, can be suppressed. At this time, the above-mentioned stage control system can control the wafer stage according to the command value obtained by summing up the acceleration rate curves of four polarizations in which at least two extreme values have different shapes when performing the movement operation in the X-axis direction (refer to Figure 6A).

上述实施方式中说明的是,主控制装置50在每次曝光晶片W上的照射区域时把下一照射区域的曝光用所需的各种设定信息(包括控制参数的设定信息)传送给同步控制装置80,但本发明并不受此限定。上述实施方式的曝光装置10中,例如,可以用下述处理步骤取代图3的步骤128,即,在进行具有图8B所示的加速度为零的较长区间的行间的移动(在进行周边照射时的折返用行间的移动)时,主控制装置50用一个命令把存在于下一行内的所有照射曝光用的前述各种设定信息全部传送(转交)给同步控制系统80。该场合时,通过主控制装置50,在晶片W上的非扫描方向的任意行内的最终照射区域的曝光结束后,为了进行其他行的最初照射区域的曝光,在利用载物台控制系统(80、33、78)进行两载物台RST、WST的移动控制期间,下一行内的多个照射区域的曝光用所需的各种设定信息(包括控制参数的设定信息)被传送给载物台控制系统(更准确讲是同步控制系统80)。As explained in the above-mentioned embodiment, the main controller 50 transmits various setting information (including setting information of control parameters) required for exposure of the next shot region to the synchronous control device 80, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In the exposure apparatus 10 of the above-described embodiment, for example, step 128 in FIG. 3 may be replaced with a processing step in which the movement between lines is performed in a long section with the acceleration being zero as shown in FIG. 8B (peripheral (movement between lines for turning back during irradiation), the main control device 50 transmits (hands over) all the above-mentioned various setting information for all irradiation exposures existing in the next line to the synchronous control system 80 with one command. In this case, after the exposure of the final shot region in any row in the non-scanning direction on the wafer W is completed by the main controller 50, in order to perform exposure of the first shot region of another row, the stage control system (80 , 33, 78) During the movement control of the two stages RST and WST, various setting information (including setting information of control parameters) required for exposure of multiple shot areas in the next row are transmitted to the carrier. Object stage control system (more precisely, synchronous control system 80).

因此,即使在从对晶片W上的一个照射区域的曝光结束后到两载物台开始减速前的时间短,在此期间传送下一照射区域的曝光用所需的控制参数的设定信息变困难时,也能在从曝光结束后到下一照射区域的曝光所需要的两载物台的同步稳定期间之前,采用由使两载物台不停止的载物台控制系统作成的两载物台的控制程序。因此,不需要使两载物台在加速前暂且停止,所以不存在停止时间,相应地可以提高生产能力。该场合时,载物台控制系统可以从与上述扫描方向相关的减速时起,开始进行两载物台的同步控制动作。Therefore, even if the time from the end of exposure to one shot region on the wafer W to the start of deceleration of both stages is short, the setting information of the control parameters necessary for the exposure of the next shot region to be transmitted during this period becomes When it is difficult, it is also possible to use the two-stage control system created by the stage control system that makes the two stages not stop before the synchronization and stabilization period of the two stages required for the exposure of the next shot area from the end of the exposure. platform control program. Therefore, there is no need to temporarily stop the two stages before acceleration, so there is no stop time, and productivity can be improved accordingly. In this case, the stage control system may start the synchronous control operation of both stages from the time of deceleration related to the above-mentioned scanning direction.

在进行上述的行间移动(在周边照射时用于折返的行间的移动)时,即使在主控制装置50用一个命令把存在于下一行内的所有照射曝光用所需的前述各种设定信息全部传送给同步控制系统80时,同步控制系统80可以在上述定时独力传送可能会时常被取样的初缩掩模板干涉仪30、激光干涉仪系统76及来自上述聚焦·水平检测系统的信息以外的所有必要信息,同时为了实现快速处理,最好把与同步控制相关的参数设定信息作为行列式、以可以最快速处理的状态,转送给同步控制系统80。另外,基于和上述相同的理由,载物台控制系统最好在每次进行下一行的照射区域的曝光开始前的两载物台的同步稳定期间之前,结束与上述设定信息相适应的两载物台的位置设定。When performing the above-mentioned inter-row movement (the inter-row movement for turning back during peripheral irradiation), even if the main control device 50 uses a command to set all the irradiation exposures existing in the next row with the aforementioned various settings When all the predetermined information is sent to the synchronous control system 80, the synchronous control system 80 can independently transmit the information from the initial mask interferometer 30, the laser interferometer system 76, and the above-mentioned focus and level detection system that may be sampled frequently at the above-mentioned timing. In addition to all necessary information, in order to realize fast processing, it is preferable to transfer parameter setting information related to synchronous control as a determinant to the synchronous control system 80 in a state that can be processed most quickly. In addition, based on the same reason as above, it is preferable that the stage control system completes the two stages corresponding to the above-mentioned setting information before the synchronization stabilization period of the two stages before starting the exposure of the next line of shot area each time. The position setting of the stage.

此外,上述实施方式的曝光装置10,在同步控制系统80所具有的存储器有富裕的情况时,主控制装置50可以在与晶片上的各照射区域的规定点进行位置匹配所需要的排列信息的检测动作结束后,例如前述的晶片对准结束后,到第一照射的曝光开始前的期间,把晶片W上的多个(例如76个)照射区域的所有曝光用控制参数的设定信息,传送给同步控制系统80。这样,不再需要前述的图3中的步骤120、128的处理。另外,在第一照射的曝光开始后的曝光处理期间,不需要进行前述的控制参数的设定信息的传送处理,所以在从对晶片W上的第一照射的曝光开始到对最终照射的曝光结束期间,可以采用由使两载物台不停止的载物台控制系统作成的两载物台的控制程序,可以提高生产能力。基于和上述相同的理由,载物台控制系统最好在每个照射区域的曝光开始前的两载物台的同步稳定期间之前,结束与上述设定信息相适应的两载物台的位置设定。In addition, in the exposure apparatus 10 of the above-mentioned embodiment, when the synchronous control system 80 has ample memory, the main control device 50 can match the arrangement information required for position matching with a predetermined point of each shot area on the wafer. After the detection operation is completed, for example, after the aforementioned wafer alignment is completed, and before the exposure of the first irradiation starts, the setting information of all exposure control parameters in a plurality of (for example, 76) shot areas on the wafer W, sent to the synchronous control system 80. In this way, the aforementioned processing of steps 120 and 128 in FIG. 3 is no longer required. In addition, during the exposure process after the exposure of the first shot is started, there is no need to carry out the transfer processing of the setting information of the control parameters described above, so the process from the start of the exposure of the first shot on the wafer W to the exposure of the final shot is unnecessary. During the finishing period, it is possible to use the control program for the two stages created by the stage control system that does not stop the two stages, so that the productivity can be improved. For the same reason as above, it is preferable that the stage control system completes the setting of the positions of the two stages in accordance with the above-mentioned setting information before the synchronization stabilization period of the two stages before the exposure of each shot area starts. Certainly.

同步控制系统(同步控制单元)80的处理速度如果能进一步提高,可以使上述信息的转交与由同步控制系统80进行的两载物台的同步控制动作并行进行。因此,选择在前面说明的哪一定时进行上述信息在主控制装置50和同步控制系统80之间的转交,可以对同步控制系统的存储器容量、快速处理的能力(处理速度)和同步控制系统的设计难易度等进行综合判断来决定。If the processing speed of the synchronous control system (synchronous control unit) 80 can be further increased, the transfer of the above information can be performed in parallel with the synchronous control of the two stages by the synchronous control system 80 . Therefore, choosing which timing to carry out the transfer of the above-mentioned information between the master control device 50 and the synchronous control system 80 at the foregoing description can greatly improve the memory capacity of the synchronous control system, the ability of fast processing (processing speed) and the synchronous control system. Design difficulty and other comprehensive judgments to determine.

上述实施方式的曝光装置10对上述的控制参数的设定信息的传送处理进行了研究,特别对两载物台的控制也进行了前述的b.~f.的各种研究,但并不能以此来限定本发明。即,可以单独进行对上述a.及b.~f.的研究,或进行任意组合研究。The exposure apparatus 10 of the above-mentioned embodiment has been researched on the transmission processing of the above-mentioned control parameter setting information, especially the control of the two stages has also been studied in the aforementioned b. to f. This limits the present invention. That is, the studies on a. and b. to f. above may be conducted independently or in any combination.

上述实施方式中,晶片W的非扫描方向的加速是在一个照射的扫描曝光结束后、扫描方向的匀速移动时开始的,但并不受此限定,也可以在晶片W的减速过程中开始晶片W的非扫描方向的加速。此时,晶片W在下一照射的扫描曝光前,沿着与扫描方向交叉的方向被加速,扫描方向的移动速度被设定为与晶片W的敏感度特性相适应的速度,所以曝光时能维持该速度并同步控制初缩掩模板即可,因此控制容易进行。In the above-mentioned embodiment, the acceleration of the non-scanning direction of the wafer W is started when the scanning exposure of one irradiation is finished and the constant velocity movement in the scanning direction is started, but it is not limited thereto, and the acceleration of the wafer W may also be started during the deceleration process of the wafer W. Acceleration in the non-scanning direction of W. At this time, before the scanning exposure of the next irradiation, the wafer W is accelerated along the direction intersecting with the scanning direction, and the moving speed in the scanning direction is set to a speed suitable for the sensitivity characteristics of the wafer W, so the exposure can be maintained. The speed and synchronous control of the shrink mask are sufficient, so the control is easy.

在上述实施方式的曝光装置10进行的、依次向晶片W上的多个照射区域S1、S2……转印初缩掩模板R的图形的步进扫描式扫描曝光方法,在通过初缩掩模板R的往复移动而转印了初缩掩模板R的图形的晶片W上的任意两个照射区域,例如,照射区域S1、S2的扫描曝光之间,最好使晶片W不停止地移动。该场合时,晶片W上依次转印有初缩掩模板R的图形的邻接区域,例如,在照射区域S1、S2的扫描曝光之间,晶片W不停止移动,所以相应地进一步提高了生产能力。从该意义上讲,晶片W在应转印初缩掩模板R的图形的晶片W上的最后照射区域的扫描曝光结束之前,最好使晶片W的扫描方向及非扫描方向中至少一方以非零的速度移动。结果,在对多个照射区域全部进行步进扫描式扫描曝光期间,晶片不会停止,所以能提高生产能力。In the step-and-scan scanning exposure method of sequentially transferring the pattern of the reduced reticle R to a plurality of shot regions S 1 , S 2 ... on the wafer W performed by the exposure apparatus 10 of the above-mentioned embodiment, The reciprocating movement of the reticle R has transferred any two shot regions on the wafer W with the pattern of the reduced reticle R, for example, between the scanning exposure of the shot regions S 1 and S 2 , it is preferable not to stop the wafer W. to move. In this case, the wafer W is sequentially transferred to adjacent areas of the pattern of the reduced mask R, for example, between the scanning exposures of the shot areas S 1 and S 2 , the movement of the wafer W is not stopped, so the corresponding improvement is further improved. production capacity. In this sense, it is preferable that at least one of the scanning direction and the non-scanning direction of the wafer W is set in a non-scanning direction before the scanning exposure of the last shot area on the wafer W to which the pattern of the reduced mask R is to be transferred is completed. Move at zero speed. As a result, the wafer does not stop while the step-and-scan scanning exposure is performed on all of the plurality of shot regions, so that throughput can be improved.

但是,例如,根据图6A及图6B等也能相想像得到,在照射区域间移动时,在晶片载物台及初缩掩模板载物台的扫描方向上,即使固定扫描速度、加速时间,如果变更加速度率内分比(加速度率相对加速时间(或减速时间)不是零的时间的比率),最大瞬间加速度将随之而变化。However, for example, according to Fig. 6A and Fig. 6B, etc., it can also be imagined that when moving between the irradiation areas, in the scanning direction of the wafer stage and the reticle stage, even if the scanning speed and the acceleration time are fixed, If the internal ratio of the jerk rate (the ratio of the jerk rate to the time when the acceleration time (or deceleration time) is not zero) is changed, the maximum instantaneous acceleration will change accordingly.

本发明者等对这一点,进行了照射区域间移动时的扫描方向上的载物台的加速度率、加速度、速度及位移曲线的公式化,以下,将对此进行说明。Regarding this point, the present inventors formulated the jerk, acceleration, velocity, and displacement curves of the stage in the scanning direction when moving between irradiation areas, and this will be described below.

首先,对减速和加速与最初的上述实施方式的第一模式的移动动作相同的(曲线)分布图是对称形状(以下,称为第一扫描加速控制方法)时的情况加以说明。图9A~图9D分别表示该场合时的晶片载物台在扫描方向上的加速度率曲线、加速度曲线、速度曲线、及位移曲线。First, a description will be given of a case where the (curve) profile of deceleration and acceleration is symmetrical (hereinafter referred to as the first scanning acceleration control method) that is the same as the first mode of movement in the above-mentioned embodiment. 9A to 9D show the acceleration curve, acceleration curve, velocity curve, and displacement curve of the wafer stage in the scanning direction in this case, respectively.

指定扫描速度V[m/s]、加速时间T[s]、加速度率内分比R为输入变数。Designate scanning speed V[m/s], acceleration time T[s], and acceleration ratio R as input variables.

但是,也可以指定用最大瞬间加速度A来取代加速时间T和加速度率内分比R。However, it is also possible to specify the maximum instantaneous acceleration A to replace the acceleration time T and the internal ratio R of the acceleration rate.

此时,用下面的公式(1)、(2)来表示A、V、T、R的关系。 T = - V ( 1 - R 2 ) A &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 1 ) R = 2 &CenterDot; ( 1 - V AT ) &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 2 ) At this time, the relationship of A, V, T, and R is represented by the following formulas (1) and (2). T = - V ( 1 - R 2 ) A &Center Dot; &Center Dot; &Center Dot; ( 1 ) R = 2 &CenterDot; ( 1 - V AT ) &Center Dot; &Center Dot; &Center Dot; ( 2 )

此时的内部变数是第一折曲点时刻T1、第二折曲点时刻T2及加速度率的最大值(前半部分)J1,并分别用下面的公式(3)、(4)、(5)来表示。 T 1 = 1 2 RT &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 3 ) The internal variables at this time are the first inflection point time T 1 , the second inflection point time T 2 and the maximum acceleration rate (first half) J 1 , and the following formulas (3), (4), (5) to represent. T 1 = 1 2 RT &CenterDot; &Center Dot; &Center Dot; ( 3 )

     T2=RT       …(4) J 1 = - 2 &CenterDot; V ( 1 - 1 2 R ) RT 2 &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 5 ) T 2 =RT...(4) J 1 = - 2 &CenterDot; V ( 1 - 1 2 R ) RT 2 &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 5 )

通过公式(4)求得加速度率内分比R是R=T2/T。The internal ratio R of the acceleration rate obtained by the formula (4) is R=T 2 /T.

各区间的加速度率、加速度、速度位移如下所示。The jerk, acceleration, and velocity displacement of each section are as follows.

第一区间(O≤t≤T1) Jerk ( t ) = 2 &CenterDot; J 1 RT t &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 6 ) Acc ( t ) = J 1 RT t 2 &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 7 ) Vel ( t ) = 1 3 &CenterDot; J 1 RT t 3 + V &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 8 ) Pos ( t ) = 1 12 &CenterDot; J 1 RT t 4 + Vt &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 9 ) The first interval (O≤t≤T 1 ) Jerk ( t ) = 2 &CenterDot; J 1 RT t &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 6 ) Acc ( t ) = J 1 RT t 2 &Center Dot; &Center Dot; &Center Dot; ( 7 ) Vel ( t ) = 1 3 &CenterDot; J 1 RT t 3 + V &Center Dot; &CenterDot; &Center Dot; ( 8 ) Pos ( t ) = 1 12 &CenterDot; J 1 RT t 4 + Vt &Center Dot; &Center Dot; &Center Dot; ( 9 )

第二区间(T1≤t≤T2) Jerk ( t ) = - 2 &CenterDot; J 1 RT t + 2 J 1 &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 10 ) Acc ( t ) = - J 1 RT ( t - RT ) 2 + 1 2 J 1 RT &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 11 ) Vel ( t ) = - 1 3 &CenterDot; J 1 RT ( t - RT ) 3 + 1 2 J 1 RT ( t - 1 2 RT ) + V &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 12 ) Pos ( t ) = - 1 12 &CenterDot; J 1 RT ( t - RT ) 4 + 1 4 J 1 RT ( t - 1 2 RT ) 2 + Vt + 1 96 J 1 R 3 T 3 &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 13 ) The second interval (T 1 ≤t≤T 2 ) Jerk ( t ) = - 2 &Center Dot; J 1 RT t + 2 J 1 &Center Dot; &Center Dot; &CenterDot; ( 10 ) Acc ( t ) = - J 1 RT ( t - RT ) 2 + 1 2 J 1 RT &Center Dot; &Center Dot; &CenterDot; ( 11 ) Vel ( t ) = - 1 3 &Center Dot; J 1 RT ( t - RT ) 3 + 1 2 J 1 RT ( t - 1 2 RT ) + V &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 12 ) Pos ( t ) = - 1 12 &Center Dot; J 1 RT ( t - RT ) 4 + 1 4 J 1 RT ( t - 1 2 RT ) 2 + Vt + 1 96 J 1 R 3 T 3 &Center Dot; &Center Dot; &Center Dot; ( 13 )

第三区间(T2≤t≤T)The third interval (T 2 ≤t≤T)

             Jerk(t)=0            …(14) Acc ( t ) = 1 2 J 1 RT &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 15 ) Vel ( t ) = 1 2 J 1 RT ( t - 1 2 RT ) + V &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 16 ) Pos ( t ) = 1 4 J 1 RT ( t - 1 2 RT ) 2 + Vt + 1 96 J 1 R 3 T 3 &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 17 ) Jerk(t)=0...(14) Acc ( t ) = 1 2 J 1 RT &Center Dot; &Center Dot; &Center Dot; ( 15 ) Vel ( t ) = 1 2 J 1 RT ( t - 1 2 RT ) + V &Center Dot; &Center Dot; &Center Dot; ( 16 ) Pos ( t ) = 1 4 J 1 RT ( t - 1 2 RT ) 2 + Vt + 1 96 J 1 R 3 T 3 &Center Dot; &Center Dot; &Center Dot; ( 17 )

第四区间(T≤t≤2T)The fourth interval (T≤t≤2T)

             Jerk(t)=-Jerk(2T-t)  …(18)Jerk(t)=-Jerk(2T-t) …(18)

             Acc(t)=Acc(2T-t)     …(19)Acc(t)=Acc(2T-t) ...(19)

             Vel(t)=-Vel(2T-t)    …(20)Vel(t)=-Vel(2T-t) ...(20)

             Pos(t)=Pos(2T-t)     …(21)Pos(t)=Pos(2T-t) ...(21)

根据该第一扫描加速控制方法,如前所述,在从减速完成到加速开始期间不存在扫描轴停止时间,可以提高生产能力,同时相对平均加速度,可以把最大瞬间加速度抑制在2倍以下,这样,能做到执行机构和放大器的小型化,并提高其设计自由度。而在初缩掩模板载物台一侧,除上述效果外,还可有效抑制初缩掩模板的错位。According to the first scanning acceleration control method, as mentioned above, there is no scanning axis stop time during the period from the completion of deceleration to the start of acceleration, and the production capacity can be improved. At the same time, the maximum instantaneous acceleration can be suppressed below 2 times relative to the average acceleration, In this way, it is possible to miniaturize the actuator and the amplifier, and to increase the degree of freedom in their design. On the stage side of the shrink mask, in addition to the above effects, the misalignment of the shrink mask can also be effectively suppressed.

下面,说明减速和加速时的分布图是非对称时的情况(以下,称为第二扫描加速控制方法)。Next, a case will be described in which the profiles during deceleration and acceleration are asymmetrical (hereinafter referred to as the second scan acceleration control method).

图10A~图10D分别表示该场合时的晶片载物台在扫描方向上的加速度率曲线、加速度曲线、速度曲线、及位移曲线。10A to 10D show the acceleration curve, acceleration curve, velocity curve, and displacement curve of the wafer stage in the scanning direction in this case, respectively.

指定扫描速度V[m/s]、减速时间TD[s]、加速时间TA[s]、减速加速度率内分比RD、以及加速加速度率内分比RA为输入变数。Designate scanning speed V [m/s], deceleration time T D [s], acceleration time T A [s], deceleration jerk internal ratio R D , and acceleration jerk internal ratio R A as input variables.

但是,也可以指定用最大瞬间加速度A来取代减速时间TD、加速时间TA和加速度率内分比RD、RAHowever, it is also possible to designate the maximum instantaneous acceleration A to replace the deceleration time T D , acceleration time T A and acceleration rate internal ratios R D and R A .

此时,用下面的公式(22)、(23)、(24)来表示A、V、TA、TD、RA、RD的关系。 T D = - V ( 1 - R D 2 ) A &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 22 ) T A = - V ( 1 - R A 2 ) A &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 23 ) R A = 2 &CenterDot; ( 1 - V AT A ) &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 24 ) At this time, the relationship among A, V, T A , T D , R A , and R D is represented by the following formulas (22), (23), and (24). T D. = - V ( 1 - R D. 2 ) A &CenterDot; &Center Dot; &CenterDot; ( twenty two ) T A = - V ( 1 - R A 2 ) A &Center Dot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( twenty three ) R A = 2 &Center Dot; ( 1 - V AT A ) &Center Dot; &Center Dot; &Center Dot; ( twenty four )

此时的内部变数是减速加速度率内分比RD、减速行程LD[m]、加速行程LA[m]、匀速时间T0[s]、第一折曲点时刻T1、第二折曲点时刻T2、减速完成加速开始时刻T3、第四折曲点时刻T4、第五折曲点时刻T5、加速完成时刻T’、自减速开始后的经过时间Ts[s]、到加速完成前的剩余时间TR[S]加速度率最大值(减速时)J1[m/s3]、以及加速度率最大值(加速时)J2[m/s3],并分别用下面的公式(25)~(38)来表示。 R D = 2 - T A T D ( 2 - R A ) &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 25 ) L D = 1 2 VT D ( 1 + 1 2 R D ) - 1 48 &CenterDot; VT D R 3 ( 1 - 1 2 R D ) &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 26 ) L A = 1 2 VT A ( 1 + 1 2 R A ) - 1 48 &CenterDot; VT A R 3 ( 1 - 1 2 R A ) &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 27 ) T 0 = L A - L D V &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 28 ) T 1 = 1 2 R D T D + T 0 &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 29 ) The internal variables at this time are the internal ratio of deceleration acceleration rate R D , deceleration stroke L D [m], acceleration stroke L A [m], constant speed time T 0 [s], first inflection point time T 1 , second Inflection point time T 2 , deceleration completion acceleration start time T 3 , fourth inflection point time T 4 , fifth inflection point time T 5 , acceleration completion time T', elapsed time since deceleration start T s [s ], the remaining time T R [S] until the acceleration is completed, the maximum value of jerk (during deceleration) J 1 [m/s 3 ], and the maximum value of jerk (during acceleration) J 2 [m/s 3 ], and They are represented by the following formulas (25) to (38), respectively. R D. = 2 - T A T D. ( 2 - R A ) &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &Center Dot; ( 25 ) L D. = 1 2 VT D. ( 1 + 1 2 R D. ) - 1 48 &Center Dot; VT D. R 3 ( 1 - 1 2 R D. ) &Center Dot; &Center Dot; &Center Dot; ( 26 ) L A = 1 2 VT A ( 1 + 1 2 R A ) - 1 48 &Center Dot; VT A R 3 ( 1 - 1 2 R A ) &Center Dot; &Center Dot; &Center Dot; ( 27 ) T 0 = L A - L D. V &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 28 ) T 1 = 1 2 R D. T D. + T 0 &Center Dot; &Center Dot; &Center Dot; ( 29 )

T2=RDTD+T0                  …(30)T 2 =R D T D +T 0 ...(30)

T3=T0+TD                    …(31)T 3 =T 0 +T D ... (31)

T4=T3+(1-RA)TA              …(32) T 5 = T 3 + ( 1 - 1 2 R A ) T A &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 33 ) T 4 =T 3 +(1-R A )T A …(32) T 5 = T 3 + ( 1 - 1 2 R A ) T A &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 33 )

T=T0+TD+TA                  …(34)T=T 0 +T D +T A ...(34)

tS=t-T0                     …(35)t S =tT 0 ...(35)

tR=T′-t                    …(36) J 1 = - 2 &CenterDot; V ( 1 - 1 2 R D ) R D T D 2 &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 37 ) J 2 = 2 &CenterDot; V ( 1 - 1 2 R A ) R A T A 2 &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 38 ) t R =T'-t...(36) J 1 = - 2 &Center Dot; V ( 1 - 1 2 R D. ) R D. T D. 2 &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &Center Dot; ( 37 ) J 2 = 2 &Center Dot; V ( 1 - 1 2 R A ) R A T A 2 &Center Dot; &Center Dot; &Center Dot; ( 38 )

此时,减速加速度率内分比RD=(T2-T0)/(T3-T0),加速加速度率内分比RA=(T’-T4)/(T’-T3)。At this time, the deceleration jerk internal ratio R D =(T 2 -T 0 )/(T 3 -T 0 ), the acceleration jerk internal ratio R A =(T'-T 4 )/(T'-T 3 ).

各区间的加速度率、加速度、速度位移如下所示。The jerk, acceleration, and velocity displacement of each section are as follows.

第一区间(O≤t≤T0)The first interval (O≤t≤T 0 )

            Jerk(t)=0    …(39)Jerk(t)=0 …(39)

            Acc(t)=0     …(40)Acc(t)=0 …(40)

            Vel(t)=V     …(41)Vel(t)=V ...(41)

            Pos(t)=Vt    …(42)Pos(t)=Vt ...(42)

第二区间(T0≤t≤T1) Jerk ( t ) = 2 &CenterDot; J 1 R D T D t s &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 43 ) Acc ( t ) = J 1 R D T D t s 2 &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 44 ) Vel ( t ) = 1 3 &CenterDot; J 1 R D T D t S 3 + V &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 45 ) Pos ( t ) = 1 12 &CenterDot; J 1 R D T D t S 4 + Vt &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 46 ) The second interval (T 0 ≤t≤T 1 ) Jerk ( t ) = 2 &Center Dot; J 1 R D. T D. t the s &Center Dot; &Center Dot; &CenterDot; ( 43 ) Acc ( t ) = J 1 R D. T D. t the s 2 &Center Dot; &CenterDot; &Center Dot; ( 44 ) Vel ( t ) = 1 3 &CenterDot; J 1 R D. T D. t S 3 + V &Center Dot; &Center Dot; &Center Dot; ( 45 ) Pos ( t ) = 1 12 &CenterDot; J 1 R D. T D. t S 4 + Vt &Center Dot; &Center Dot; &Center Dot; ( 46 )

第三区间(T1≤t≤T2) Jerk ( t ) = - 2 &CenterDot; J 1 R D T D t S + 2 J 1 &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 47 ) Acc ( t ) = - J 1 R D T D ( t S - R D T D ) 2 + 1 2 J 1 R D T D &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 48 ) Vel ( t ) = - 1 3 &CenterDot; J 1 R D T D ( t S - R D T D ) 3 + 1 2 J 1 R D T D ( t S - 1 2 R D T D ) + V &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 49 ) Pos ( t ) = - 1 12 &CenterDot; J 1 R D T D ( t S - R D T D ) 4 + 1 4 J 1 R D T D ( t S - 1 2 R D T D ) 2 + Vt + 1 96 J 1 R D 3 T D 3 &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 50 ) The third interval (T 1 ≤t≤T 2 ) Jerk ( t ) = - 2 &CenterDot; J 1 R D. T D. t S + 2 J 1 &Center Dot; &Center Dot; &Center Dot; ( 47 ) Acc ( t ) = - J 1 R D. T D. ( t S - R D. T D. ) 2 + 1 2 J 1 R D. T D. &Center Dot; &Center Dot; &Center Dot; ( 48 ) Vel ( t ) = - 1 3 &Center Dot; J 1 R D. T D. ( t S - R D. T D. ) 3 + 1 2 J 1 R D. T D. ( t S - 1 2 R D. T D. ) + V &Center Dot; &Center Dot; &Center Dot; ( 49 ) Pos ( t ) = - 1 12 &CenterDot; J 1 R D. T D. ( t S - R D. T D. ) 4 + 1 4 J 1 R D. T D. ( t S - 1 2 R D. T D. ) 2 + Vt + 1 96 J 1 R D. 3 T D. 3 &Center Dot; &Center Dot; &Center Dot; ( 50 )

第四区间(T2≤t≤T3)The fourth interval (T 2 ≤t≤T 3 )

        Jerk(t)=0                          …(51) Acc ( t ) = 1 2 J 1 R D T D &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 52 ) Vel ( t ) = 1 2 J 1 R D T D ( t S - 1 2 R D T D ) + V &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 53 ) Pos ( t ) = 1 4 J 1 R D T D ( t S - 1 2 R D T D ) 2 + Vt + 1 96 J 1 R D 3 T D 3 &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 54 ) Jerk(t)=0...(51) Acc ( t ) = 1 2 J 1 R D. T D. &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &Center Dot; ( 52 ) Vel ( t ) = 1 2 J 1 R D. T D. ( t S - 1 2 R D. T D. ) + V &CenterDot; &Center Dot; &Center Dot; ( 53 ) Pos ( t ) = 1 4 J 1 R D. T D. ( t S - 1 2 R D. T D. ) 2 + Vt + 1 96 J 1 R D. 3 T D. 3 &Center Dot; &Center Dot; &Center Dot; ( 54 )

第五区间(T3≤t≤T4)The fifth interval (T 3 ≤t≤T 4 )

        Jerk(t)=0                          …(55) Acc ( t ) = - 1 2 J 2 R A T A &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 56 ) Vel ( t ) = 1 2 J 2 R A T A ( t R - 1 2 R A T A ) - V &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 57 ) Pos ( t ) = 1 4 J 2 R A T A ( t R - 1 2 R A T A ) + Vt R - 1 96 J 2 R A 3 T A 3 &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 58 ) Jerk(t)=0…(55) Acc ( t ) = - 1 2 J 2 R A T A &Center Dot; &Center Dot; &Center Dot; ( 56 ) Vel ( t ) = 1 2 J 2 R A T A ( t R - 1 2 R A T A ) - V &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 57 ) Pos ( t ) = 1 4 J 2 R A T A ( t R - 1 2 R A T A ) + Vt R - 1 96 J 2 R A 3 T A 3 &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &Center Dot; ( 58 )

第六区间(T4≤t≤T5) Jerk ( t ) = - 2 &CenterDot; J 2 R A T A t S + 2 J 2 &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 59 ) Acc ( t ) = J 2 R A T A ( t R - R A T A ) 2 - 1 2 J 2 R A T A &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 60 ) Vel ( t ) = 1 3 &CenterDot; J 2 R A T A ( t R - R A T A ) 3 + 1 2 J 2 R A T A ( t R - 1 2 R A T A ) - V &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 61 ) Pos ( t ) = 1 12 &CenterDot; J 2 R A T A ( t R - R A T A ) 4 - 1 4 J 2 R A T A ( t R - 1 2 R A T A ) 2 + Vt R - 1 96 J 2 R A 3 T A 3 &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 62 ) The sixth interval (T 4 ≤t≤T 5 ) Jerk ( t ) = - 2 &CenterDot; J 2 R A T A t S + 2 J 2 &Center Dot; &Center Dot; &Center Dot; ( 59 ) Acc ( t ) = J 2 R A T A ( t R - R A T A ) 2 - 1 2 J 2 R A T A &CenterDot; &Center Dot; &Center Dot; ( 60 ) Vel ( t ) = 1 3 &CenterDot; J 2 R A T A ( t R - R A T A ) 3 + 1 2 J 2 R A T A ( t R - 1 2 R A T A ) - V &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 61 ) Pos ( t ) = 1 12 &Center Dot; J 2 R A T A ( t R - R A T A ) 4 - 1 4 J 2 R A T A ( t R - 1 2 R A T A ) 2 + Vt R - 1 96 J 2 R A 3 T A 3 &Center Dot; &Center Dot; &Center Dot; ( 62 )

第七区间(T5≤t≤T’(=T6)) Jerk ( t ) = 2 &CenterDot; J 2 R A T A t R &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 63 ) Acc ( t ) = - J 2 R A T A t R 2 &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 64 ) Vel ( t ) = 1 3 &CenterDot; J 2 R A T A t R 3 - V &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 65 ) Pos ( t ) = - 1 12 &CenterDot; J 2 R A T A t R 4 + Vt R &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 66 ) The seventh interval (T 5 ≤ t ≤ T'(=T 6 )) Jerk ( t ) = 2 &Center Dot; J 2 R A T A t R &Center Dot; &Center Dot; &CenterDot; ( 63 ) Acc ( t ) = - J 2 R A T A t R 2 &CenterDot; &Center Dot; &CenterDot; ( 64 ) Vel ( t ) = 1 3 &Center Dot; J 2 R A T A t R 3 - V &CenterDot; &CenterDot; &CenterDot; ( 65 ) Pos ( t ) = - 1 12 &Center Dot; J 2 R A T A t R 4 + Vt R &CenterDot; &Center Dot; &CenterDot; ( 66 )

以上被公式化的第二扫描加速控制方法,如图10B所示,加速度曲线ACC(t)的山是一个梯形状,并且是图10A所示加速度率曲线被两极化的编码反转后所得,此点和前述的第一扫描加速控制方法相同。但是,减速和加速时的分布图是非对称的。即,减速区域和加速区域的加速度率曲线的形状互不相同。此时,在减速区域,考虑到生产能力,以大的加速度率进行减速,在曝光前的加速区域,考虑到要缩短其后的同步稳定期间,而使加速度率变小。但是,通过是加速区域和减速区域的加速度率不同,可以使减速区域的行程(相当于位移)和加速区域的行程不产生差异,即,使交替扫描时的扫描开始位置和扫描结束位置一致,实现把减速开始前的匀速过扫描时间T0设定得较长的调整。这样,使两载物台的加速结束位置在规定的目标位置上一致,并且可以抑制在该加速结束位置的控制滞后及其所引起的两载物台的同步误差,因此,能够缩短曝光前的同步稳定时间。In the above-formulated second scanning acceleration control method, as shown in FIG. 10B, the mountain of the acceleration curve A CC (t) is a trapezoid, and is obtained after the acceleration rate curve shown in FIG. 10A is reversed by the polarized code, This point is the same as the aforementioned first scanning acceleration control method. However, the profile during deceleration and acceleration is asymmetrical. That is, the shapes of the jerk curves in the deceleration region and the acceleration region are different from each other. At this time, in the deceleration region, deceleration is performed at a high acceleration rate in consideration of productivity, and in the acceleration region before exposure, the acceleration rate is reduced in consideration of shortening the subsequent synchronization stabilization period. However, by making the acceleration rate of the acceleration region and the deceleration region different, the stroke (equivalent to the displacement) of the deceleration region and the stroke of the acceleration region will not be different, that is, the scan start position and the scan end position at the time of alternate scanning are made to be the same, Adjustment is realized by setting the constant-velocity overscan time T 0 before the start of deceleration to be longer. In this way, the acceleration end positions of the two stages are consistent with the specified target position, and the control hysteresis at the acceleration end position and the synchronization error of the two stages caused by the acceleration end position can be suppressed, so the time before exposure can be shortened. Sync stabilization time.

所以,在前述的第一实施方式的曝光装置10中,可以把该第二扫描加速控制方法适用于第一模式移动动作时的晶片载物台WST的扫描方向控制、初缩掩模板载物台RST的扫描方向控制。这样,可以抑制曝光前的加速度率最大值,提高初缩掩模板载物台和晶片载物台的同步精度,同时通过缩短同步稳定时间而提高生产能力。此外,可以把匀速过扫描时间设定得较长,所以能够确保前述的主控制装置50对同步控制系统80传送各种设定信息时的时间较长。因此,和上述第一实施方式比,能够传送更多的信息,根据这些信息可以进一步高精度地进行初缩掩模板和晶片的同步控制。Therefore, in the exposure apparatus 10 of the above-mentioned first embodiment, the second scanning acceleration control method can be applied to the scanning direction control of the wafer stage WST during the movement operation of the first mode, and the shrinking of the reticle stage. Scan direction control for RST. In this way, the maximum value of the acceleration rate before exposure can be suppressed, the synchronization accuracy of the shrink mask stage and the wafer stage can be improved, and the production capacity can be improved by shortening the synchronization stabilization time. In addition, since the constant speed overscan time can be set longer, it is possible to secure a longer time for the above-mentioned main control device 50 to transmit various setting information to the synchronous control system 80 . Therefore, compared with the above-mentioned first embodiment, more information can be transmitted, and the synchronization control between the shrink mask and the wafer can be performed with further high precision based on the information.

采用前述的第一扫描加速控制方法和第二扫描加速控制方法中的任一个时,载物台控制系统在进行非扫描方向上的不同行的划分区域间的前述助走动作时,可以根据按照已四极化的加速度率曲线所得的指令值来控制晶片载物台。该场合时,上述已四极化的加速度率曲线可以是至少有两极值不同的形状。When any one of the above-mentioned first scanning acceleration control method and the second scanning acceleration control method is adopted, when the stage control system performs the above-mentioned walking-aiding action between the divided areas of different rows in the non-scanning direction, it can according to the established The command value obtained from the four-polarized jerk curve is used to control the wafer stage. In this case, the above-mentioned four-polarized jerk curve may have a shape having at least two extreme values different from each other.

关于用此前所说明的各种方法进行的两载物台的控制,上述载物台控制系统可以和上述两载物台在上述照射区域间的上述助走动作并行,根据按照至少有两极值是不同的形状、合计已四极化的加速度率曲线所得的指令值,进行使晶片载物台在非扫描方向上移动的照射区域间的移动动作。Regarding the control of the two stages by the various methods described above, the above-mentioned stage control system can be paralleled with the above-mentioned walking aid action of the two stages between the above-mentioned irradiation areas, according to at least two extreme values are Different shapes and command values obtained by summing up the four-polarized acceleration curves are used to perform movement operations between shot areas that move the wafer stage in the non-scanning direction.

本申请的发明者(西)主要从提高双重曝光时的生产能力的观点,而在先提出了下述曝光装置,具有两个晶片载物台(基片载物台),在一个晶片载物台上进行对晶片的曝光动作时,在另一个晶片载物台上并行进行晶片交换、对准等其他动作(参照特开平10-163097号公报及特开平10-163098号公报、以及它们相对应的美国专利第6,400,441号/6,341,007号公报等)。显而易见,这些公报及对应的美国专利所记载的曝光装置不是双重曝光,如果用于普通曝光,会比双重曝光时更能提高生产能力。上述公报及对应的美国专利所记载的曝光装置如果采用上述第一实施方式说明的扫描曝光方法,无论是普通曝光还是双重曝光时,都能更进一步地提高生产能力。援用上述各美国专利的公开内容作为本说明书的记载中的一部分。The inventor (West) of the present application has previously proposed the following exposure apparatus mainly from the viewpoint of improving throughput during double exposure, which has two wafer stages (substrate stages), and one wafer stage When exposing the wafer to the wafer on the platform, perform other operations such as wafer exchange and alignment in parallel on another wafer stage (refer to Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Publication No. 10-163097 and Publication No. 10-163098, and their corresponding US Patent No. 6,400,441/6,341,007 etc.). It is obvious that the exposure devices described in these publications and the corresponding US patents are not double exposure, and if they are used for ordinary exposure, the production capacity will be improved more than double exposure. If the exposure apparatus described in the above-mentioned gazette and the corresponding US patent adopts the scanning exposure method described in the above-mentioned first embodiment, the productivity can be further improved regardless of normal exposure or double exposure. The disclosure content of each of the above-mentioned US patents is cited as a part of the description of this specification.

但是,从主控制装置50等上位单元向同步控制系统80等传送的设定信息,如前所述,也可以包括与载物台移动时的各机构部分的错误控制相关的信息。以下说明的第二实施方式,其目的在于更积极有效地利用了与这种错误控制相关的信息等。《第二实施方式》However, the setting information transmitted from a host unit such as the main controller 50 to the synchronous control system 80 and the like may include information on error control of each mechanical part when the stage moves, as described above. The second embodiment to be described below is aimed at making more active and effective use of information related to such error control and the like. "Second Embodiment"

下面,根据附图11~图15说明本发明的第二实施方式。Next, a second embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 11 to 15 .

图11表示第二实施方式涉及的曝光装置100的概略构成。其中,对和前述的第一实施方式相同或同等的部分,使用相同标号并简略或省略其说明。该曝光装置100是所谓的步进扫描式扫描曝光型投影曝光装置。FIG. 11 shows a schematic configuration of an exposure apparatus 100 according to the second embodiment. However, the same reference numerals are used for the same or equivalent parts as those of the aforementioned first embodiment, and their descriptions are simplified or omitted. The exposure apparatus 100 is a so-called step-and-scan scanning exposure type projection exposure apparatus.

该曝光装置100具有:载物台装置101,具有用作物体载物台的两个晶片载物台WST1、WST2,分别支撑作为物体的晶片W1、W2,并独力地在二维方向移动;配置在该载物台装置101上的投影光学系统PL;初缩掩模板驱动机构,位于投影光学系统PL的上方,主要用于把作为掩模的初缩掩模板R1(或R2)向规定的扫描方向驱动,此处是向Y轴方向(图11中的纸面垂直方向)驱动;照明光学系统18,从上方照明初缩掩模板R1(或R2),和控制这些各部分的控制系统等。This exposure apparatus 100 has: a stage device 101 having two wafer stages WST1, WST2 serving as object stages, respectively supporting wafers W1, W2 as objects, and independently moving in two-dimensional directions; The projection optical system PL on the stage device 101; the reduction mask driving mechanism is located above the projection optical system PL, and is mainly used to scan the reduction mask R1 (or R2) as a mask to a specified Directional driving, here is driving in the Y-axis direction (vertical direction of the paper in FIG. 11); the illumination optical system 18 illuminates the reduced mask plate R1 (or R2) from above, and the control system for controlling these various parts.

上述载物台装置101具有:构成未图示的支架的平台22;上述两个晶片载物台WST1、WST2,配置在该平台22上,在XY面内可以移动;和干涉仪系统,测定晶片载物台WST1、WST2的位置。The above-mentioned stage device 101 has: a stage 22 constituting a not-shown stand; the above-mentioned two wafer stage WST1, WST2 are arranged on this stage 22, and can move in the XY plane; and an interferometer system for measuring wafer The positions of stage WST1 and WST2.

晶片载物台WST1、WST2通过分别设在其底面的未图示的气体静压轴承,悬浮在平台22的上面,例如隔着约数μm的间隙被支撑着,并通过包含X线性电机及Y线性电机、或平面电机等执行机构等晶片载物台驱动系统,在XY二维平面内被独力自由地驱动着。晶片驱动系统由图11的载物台控制装置160控制。Wafer stages WST1 and WST2 are suspended above the platform 22 through unshown aerostatic bearings respectively provided on their bottom surfaces, and are supported with a gap of about several μm, for example, and are driven by X linear motors and Y The wafer stage drive system, such as linear motors, planar motors and other actuators, is independently and freely driven in the XY two-dimensional plane. The wafer drive system is controlled by the stage control device 160 of FIG. 11 .

晶片W1、W2通过未图示的晶片架被静电吸附或真空吸附被固定在上述晶片载物台WST1、WST2上。通过上述水平机构58和同样未图示的水平驱动机构,使晶片架在垂直于XY平面的Z轴方向和相对XY面倾斜的方向被微小地驱动。在晶片载物台WST1、WST2的上面,设置着形成有各种基准标志的基准标志板FM1、FM2,并使其高度和晶片W1、W2基本相同。这些基准标志板FM1、FM2,例如用来检测各晶片载物台的基准位置。Wafers W1 , W2 are fixed on wafer stages WST1 , WST2 by electrostatic adsorption or vacuum adsorption by wafer holders (not shown). The wafer holder is driven minutely in the Z-axis direction perpendicular to the XY plane and in a direction inclined to the XY plane by the above-mentioned horizontal mechanism 58 and a horizontal drive mechanism also not shown. On the upper surface of wafer stages WST1, WST2, fiducial mark plates FM1, FM2 on which various fiducial marks are formed are provided so as to have substantially the same height as wafers W1, W2. These fiducial mark plates FM1 and FM2 are used, for example, to detect the reference position of each wafer stage.

如图12所示,晶片载物台WST1的X轴方向的一侧面(图11中的左侧面)120和Y轴方向的一侧面(图11中的纸面里侧的面)121,是被加工成镜面的反射面;同样,晶片载物台WST2的X轴方向的另一侧面(图11的右侧面)122和Y轴方向的一侧面123也是被加工成镜面的反射面。向这些反射面投射来自构成后述的干涉系统的各测长轴(BI1X、BI2X等)干涉仪光束,通过用各干涉仪感光各反射光,测定各反射面距基准位置(一般,在投影光学系统侧面和对准检测系统侧面配置固定(反射)镜,以其为基准面)的位移,从而分别测定晶片载物台WST1、WST2的二维位置。关于干涉仪系统的测长轴的构成,将在后面详细叙述。As shown in FIG. 12 , one side in the X-axis direction (the left side in FIG. 11 ) 120 and one side in the Y-axis direction (the rear side in FIG. 11 ) 121 of wafer stage WST1 are Mirror-processed reflective surfaces; similarly, the other side 122 in the X-axis direction (right side in FIG. 11 ) and one side 123 in the Y-axis direction of wafer stage WST2 are also mirror-processed reflective surfaces. Project the light beams from the interferometers of each length measuring axis (BI1X, BI2X, etc.) constituting the interference system described later to these reflective surfaces, and measure the distance from the reference position of each reflective surface by sensing each reflected light with each interferometer (generally, in projection optics). The side of the system and the side of the alignment detection system are equipped with fixed (reflecting) mirrors, which are used as the displacement of the reference plane), so as to measure the two-dimensional positions of the wafer stage WST1 and WST2 respectively. The configuration of the measuring axis of the interferometer system will be described in detail later.

如图11所示,在投影光学系统PL的X轴方向的两侧设有具有相同功能的离轴式对准检测系统124a、124b,这些对准检测系统分别位于距投影光学系统PL的光轴中心(和初缩掩模板图像的投影中心一致)离开相同距离的位置处。这些对准检测系统124a、124b具有LSA(Laser Step Alignment)系、FIA(Filed Image Alignment)系、LIA(Laser Interferometric Alignment)系3种对准传感器,可以测定基准标志板上的基准标志和晶片上的对准标志在X、Y二维方向上的位置。As shown in FIG. 11, off-axis alignment detection systems 124a, 124b with the same function are provided on both sides of the projection optical system PL in the X-axis direction. The center (consistent with the projection center of the reduced mask image) is at the same distance from the center. These alignment detection systems 124a and 124b have three types of alignment sensors: LSA (Laser Step Alignment), FIA (Filed Image Alignment) and LIA (Laser Interferometric Alignment), which can measure the fiducial mark on the fiducial mark plate and the The position of the alignment mark in the X, Y two-dimensional directions.

LSA系是最通用的传感器,把激光光束照射到标志上,利用衍射·散射后的光来测定标志位置,以往被广泛用于加工晶片。FIA系传感器,用卤素灯等宽带光照明标志,通过对该标志图像进行图像处理来测定标志位置,被有效用于铝层和晶片表面的非对称标志。LIA系传感器,从两个方向向衍射光栅状标志照射频率被略微改变后的激光光束,使所产生的两个衍射光相互干涉,根据其相位来检测标志的位置信息,被有效用于低阶梯差和表面粗糙的晶片。The LSA system is the most general-purpose sensor. It irradiates a laser beam onto a mark and uses the diffracted and scattered light to measure the position of the mark. It has been widely used in wafer processing in the past. The FIA series sensor illuminates the mark with broadband light such as a halogen lamp, and measures the position of the mark by image processing the mark image, which is effectively used for asymmetrical marks on aluminum layers and wafer surfaces. The LIA-based sensor irradiates a diffraction grating-shaped mark with a laser beam whose frequency is slightly changed from two directions, and the two generated diffracted lights interfere with each other, and detects the position information of the mark based on its phase, which is effectively used for low steps. Poor and rough wafers.

第二实施方式根据适宜目的灵活使用这三种对准传感器,进行着所谓的搜索对准,检测晶片上3点的一维标志的位置,测定晶片上的大致位置;和精密对准,测定晶片上的各照射区域的准确位置。The second embodiment uses these three types of alignment sensors flexibly according to the appropriate purpose, and performs so-called search alignment, detects the position of three-point one-dimensional marks on the wafer, and measures the approximate position on the wafer; and fine alignment, measures the wafer The exact position of each irradiation area on the

对准检测系统124a用于对由晶片载物台WST1保持的晶片W1上的对准标志和形成于基准标志板FM1上的基准标志位置的测定等。对准检测系统124b用于对由晶片载物台WST2保持的晶片W2上的对准标志和形成于基准标志板FM2上的基准标志位置的测定等。Alignment detection system 124a is used to measure the positions of alignment marks on wafer W1 held by wafer stage WST1 and fiducial marks formed on fiducial mark plate FM1, and the like. Alignment detection system 124b is used to measure the positions of alignment marks on wafer W2 held by wafer stage WST2 and fiducial marks formed on fiducial mark plate FM2, and the like.

来自构成这些对准检测系统124a、124b的各对准传感器的信息,经由对准控制装置180进行A/D转换,对被数字化后的波形信号进行运算处理,检测出标志位置。该结果被传送给主控制装置190,根据该结果,从主控制装置190向载物台控制装置160下达曝光时的同步位置修正等指示。Information from each of the alignment sensors constituting these alignment detection systems 124a and 124b is A/D converted via the alignment control device 180, and arithmetic processing is performed on the digitized waveform signal to detect the mark position. The result is transmitted to the main control device 190 , and based on the result, the main control device 190 issues instructions such as correction of the synchronization position during exposure to the stage control device 160 .

虽然省略了图示,如上述特开平10-163098号公报及其对应的美国专利第6,400,441/6,341,007号公报等的公开所示,投影光学系统PL、对准检测系统124a、124b分别设有用于检查调焦位置的自动调焦/自动调平(AF/AL)测定机构。Although illustration is omitted, as disclosed in the aforementioned Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-163098 and its corresponding U.S. Patent No. 6,400,441/6,341,007, etc., the projection optical system PL and the alignment detection systems 124a and 124b are respectively provided for inspection. Auto Focus/Auto Leveling (AF/AL) Measuring Mechanism for Focus Position.

下面,根据图11及图12说明初缩掩模板驱动机构。Next, the reduction mask driving mechanism will be described with reference to FIGS. 11 and 12 .

该初缩掩模板驱动机构具有:初缩掩模板载物台RST,支撑初缩掩模板R1、R2,可以沿XY的二维方向在初缩掩模板基座平台28上移动;驱动系统29,由用于驱动该初缩掩模板载物台RST的未图示的线性电机等组成;和初缩掩模板激光干涉仪30,通过固定在初缩掩模板载物台RST上的移动镜31,测定初缩掩模板载物台RST的位置。The shrinking mask driving mechanism has: the shrinking mask stage RST, which supports the shrinking mask R1, R2, and can move on the shrinking mask base platform 28 along the XY two-dimensional direction; the driving system 29, It consists of an unillustrated linear motor for driving the reduced mask stage RST; and a reduced mask laser interferometer 30, through a moving mirror 31 fixed on the reduced mask stage RST, Determine the position of the reduced mask stage RST.

下面进行更详细的叙述,如图12所示,在初缩掩模板载物台RST上,可以沿扫描方向(Y轴方向)串连设置两个初缩掩模板R1、R2,该初缩掩模板载物台RST通过未图示的气体静压轴承等被悬浮支撑在初缩掩模板基座平台28上,通过驱动系统29进行在X轴方向的微小驱动、θz方向的微小转动及Y轴方向的扫描驱动。驱动系统29是以线性电机为驱动源的机构,为了图示及说明方便,图11中单纯图示了方框。初缩掩模板载物台RST上的初缩掩模板R1、R2,例如,被选用为双重曝光时,任一方的初缩掩模板均可和晶片侧同步进行扫描。The following will be described in more detail. As shown in FIG. 12, on the shrinking mask stage RST, two shrinking mask plates R1 and R2 can be arranged in series along the scanning direction (Y-axis direction). The template stage RST is suspended and supported on the shrinking mask base platform 28 through an aerostatic bearing not shown in the figure, and the micro-drive in the X-axis direction, the micro-rotation in the θz direction, and the Y-axis are performed through the drive system 29 . Direction scan drive. The drive system 29 is a mechanism that uses a linear motor as a drive source, and for the convenience of illustration and description, only a block is shown in FIG. 11 . For example, when the reduced mask plates R1 and R2 on the reduced mask plate stage RST are selected for double exposure, the reduced mask plates of either side can be scanned synchronously with the wafer side.

在初缩掩模板载物台RST上的X轴方向的另一侧(+X侧)的端部,沿Y轴方向延伸设置着由和初缩掩模板载物台RST相同的材料(例如陶瓷等)构成的平行平板移动镜31x,该移动镜31x的X轴方向的另一侧的面通过镜面加工形成反射面。来自用测长轴BI6X表示的干涉仪(省略图示)的干涉仪光束被照射到该移动镜31x的反射面,通过用该干涉仪感光该反射光,来测定相对于基准面的相对位移,从而测定初缩掩模板载物台RST的位置。具有该测长轴BI6X的干涉仪,实际上具有可独力测定的两个干涉仪光轴,可以测定初缩掩模板载物台的X轴方向的位置和摆动量。具有该测长轴BI6X的干涉仪的测定值的作用是,根据用干涉仪116、118测得的晶片载物台WST1、WST2的摆动信息和X位置信息,在消除初缩掩模板和晶片的相对转动(转动误差)的方向进行初缩掩模板载物台RST的转动控制,或X轴方向的同步控制,其中,该干涉仪116、118具有后述的晶片载物台侧的BI1X、BI2X。At the end of the other side (+X side) of the X-axis direction on the reduced mask stage RST, a material made of the same material as the reduced mask stage RST (such as ceramics) is extended along the Y-axis direction. etc.), the surface on the other side in the X-axis direction of the movable mirror 31x forms a reflection surface by mirror finishing. An interferometer beam from an interferometer (not shown) represented by the length-measuring axis BI6X is irradiated onto the reflective surface of the moving mirror 31x, and the relative displacement with respect to the reference plane is measured by receiving the reflected light with the interferometer, Thereby, the position of the reduced mask stage RST is determined. The interferometer with the length measuring axis BI6X actually has two optical axes of the interferometer that can be measured independently, and can measure the position and swing amount of the shrinking mask stage in the X-axis direction. The function of the measured value of the interferometer having the measuring axis BI6X is to eliminate the gap between the shrink mask and the wafer based on the swing information and X position information of the wafer stage WST1 and WST2 measured by the interferometer 116 and 118. Rotational control of the reduced reticle stage RST or synchronous control in the X-axis direction relative to the direction of rotation (rotational error), wherein the interferometers 116 and 118 have BI1X and BI2X on the wafer stage side described later .

另一方面,在初缩掩模板载物台RST的扫描方向即Y轴方向的另一侧(图11中的纸面的前面侧),设有一对三棱镜31y1、31y2。从未图示的一对双光路干涉仪,向这些三棱镜31y1、31y2照射图12中用测长轴BI7Y、BI8Y表示的干涉仪光束,经由三棱镜31y1、31y2返回初缩掩模板基座平台28上的反射面(未图示),在此反射后的各反射光返回同一光路,光被各自的双光路干涉仪接受,从而测定距各三棱镜31y1、31y2的基准位置(基准位置处的上述初缩掩模板基座平台28上的反射面)相对位移。这些双光路干涉仪的测定值被供给图11的载物台控制装置160,根据其平均值测定初缩掩模板载物台RST的Y轴方向的位置。该Y轴方向的位置信息的用途是,根据具有晶片侧的测长轴BI3Y的干涉仪的测定值,进行初缩掩模板载物台RST和晶片载物台WST1或WST2的相对位置的算出、以及基于此的扫描曝光时的扫描方向(Y轴方向)的初缩掩模板和晶片的同步控制。On the other hand, a pair of triangular prisms 31 y1 and 31 y2 are provided on the other side of the Y-axis direction (the front side of the paper in FIG. 11 ) in the scanning direction of the reticle stage RST. A pair of interferometers with two optical paths not shown in the figure illuminate the interferometer beams represented by the measuring axes BI7Y and BI8Y in FIG. Reflecting surface (not shown) on the seat platform 28, each reflected light after this reflection returns to the same optical path, and the light is received by the respective double optical path interferometer, thereby measuring the reference position (reference position) apart from each triangular prism 31y1 , 31y2 The reflective surface on the base platform 28 of the above-mentioned contracted mask at the position) is relatively displaced. The measured values of these two optical path interferometers are supplied to the stage control device 160 in FIG. 11 , and the position of the reduced mask stage RST in the Y-axis direction is measured based on the average value thereof. The purpose of the positional information in the Y-axis direction is to calculate the relative position of the reticle stage RST and the wafer stage WST1 or WST2 based on the measured value of the interferometer having the wafer-side length-measuring axis BI3Y, And based on this, the synchronous control of the shrinking mask plate and the wafer in the scanning direction (Y-axis direction) during scanning exposure.

这样,在该第二实施方式中,通过用测长轴BI6X表示的干涉仪及用BI7Y、BI8Y表示的一对双光路干涉仪,合计三个干涉仪构成图11所示的初缩掩模板激光干涉仪30。In this way, in this second embodiment, a total of three interferometers constitute the initial mask blank laser shown in FIG. Interferometer 30.

下面,参照图11~图13,说明管理晶片载物台WST1、WST2的位置的干涉仪系统。Next, an interferometer system for managing the positions of wafer stages WST1 and WST2 will be described with reference to FIGS. 11 to 13 .

如这些图所示,沿着从投影光学系统PL的投影中心和对准检测系统124a、124b的各检测中心通过的X轴,向晶片载物台WST1的X轴方向一侧的面,照射用图11中的干涉仪116的测长轴BI1X表示的干涉仪光束,同样,沿X轴向晶片载物台WST2的X轴方向另一侧的面,照射用图11中的干涉仪118的测长轴BI2X表示的干涉仪光束。通过用干涉仪116、118接受这些反射光,来测定距各反射面的基准位置的相对位移,从而测定晶片载物台WST1、WST2的X轴方向位置。As shown in these figures, along the X-axis passing through the projection center of the projection optical system PL and the detection centers of the alignment detection systems 124a, 124b, toward the surface of the wafer stage WST1 on the X-axis direction side, the radiation for irradiation The interferometer beam represented by the measuring axis BI1X of the interferometer 116 in FIG. Interferometer beam represented by major axis BI2X. The X-axis direction positions of wafer stages WST1 and WST2 are measured by interferometers 116 and 118 receiving these reflected lights and measuring the relative displacement from the reference position of each reflecting surface.

如图12所示,干涉仪116、118是各具有3个光轴的3轴干涉仪,除了测定晶片载物台WST1、WST2的X轴方向以外,也能测定左右倾斜(横向(θy转动))及摆动(θz转动)。此时,进行晶片载物台WST1、WST2的Z轴方向的微小驱动和倾斜驱动的未图示的水平驱动机构,实际上位于反射面(120~123)之下,所以进行晶片载物台的倾斜控制时的驱动量可以全部用这些干涉仪116、118来监视。As shown in FIG. 12, the interferometers 116, 118 are 3-axis interferometers each having three optical axes, and can measure the left and right tilt (horizontal (θy rotation) ) and swing (θz rotation). At this time, since the horizontal drive mechanism (not shown) that performs micro-drive and tilt drive in the Z-axis direction of wafer stages WST1 and WST2 is actually located under the reflective surfaces (120-123), the movement of the wafer stage is performed. All the driving amounts during tilt control can be monitored by these interferometers 116 and 118 .

测长轴BI1X、BI2X的各干涉仪光束,在晶片载物台WST1、WST2的移动范围的全区域内时常照到晶片载物台WST1、WST2,所以,在X轴方向,使用投影光学系统PL进行曝光时,在使用对准检测系统124a、124b中的任一方时,都能根据测长轴BI1X、BI2X的测定值管理晶片载物台WST1、WST2的位置。Each interferometer beam of the measuring axis BI1X, BI2X always shines on the wafer stage WST1, WST2 in the whole area of the movement range of the wafer stage WST1, WST2, so, in the X-axis direction, the projection optical system PL is used. When performing exposure, when either of the alignment detection systems 124a, 124b is used, the positions of the wafer stages WST1, WST2 can be managed based on the measured values of the measuring axes BI1X, BI2X.

如图12及图13所示,设有干涉仪132,其测长轴BI3Y在投影光学系统PL的投影中心(光轴AX)和X轴垂直交叉;和干涉仪131、133,各自的测长轴BI4Y、BI5Y在对准检测系统124a、124b的各检测中心(光轴SX)分别和X轴垂直交叉。As shown in Fig. 12 and Fig. 13, an interferometer 132 is provided, and its length-measuring axis BI3Y intersects perpendicularly with the X-axis at the projection center (optical axis AX) of the projection optical system PL; Axes BI4Y, BI5Y perpendicularly intersect the X-axis at each detection center (optical axis SX) of alignment detection systems 124a, 124b.

该实施方式为了测定使用投影光学系统PL进行曝光时的晶片载物台WST1、WST2的Y轴方向的位置,使用干涉仪132的测定值,其测长轴BI3Y通过投影光学系统PL的投影中心、即光轴AX;为了测定使用对准检测系统124a时的晶片载物台WST1的Y轴方向的位置,使用干涉仪131的测定值,其测长轴BI4Y通过对准检测系统124a的检测中心、即光轴SX;为了测定使用对准检测系统124b时的晶片载物台WST2的Y轴方向的位置,使用干涉仪133的测定值,其测长轴BI5Y通过对准检测系统124b的检测中心、即光轴SX。In this embodiment, in order to measure the positions in the Y-axis direction of wafer stages WST1 and WST2 when exposure is performed using projection optical system PL, the measurement value of interferometer 132 is used, and its long-measurement axis BI3Y passes through the projection center, That is, the optical axis AX; in order to measure the position of the wafer stage WST1 in the Y-axis direction when the alignment detection system 124a is used, the measured value of the interferometer 131 is used, and its long-measurement axis BI4Y passes through the detection center of the alignment detection system 124a, That is, the optical axis SX; in order to measure the position of the wafer stage WST2 in the Y-axis direction when the alignment detection system 124b is used, the measured value of the interferometer 133 is used, and its long-measurement axis BI5Y passes through the detection center of the alignment detection system 124b, That is, the optical axis SX.

因此,根据各使用条件,Y轴方向的干涉仪测长轴会偏离晶片载物台WST1、WST2的反射面,但至少一个测长轴、即测长轴BI1X、BI2X不会偏离各晶片载物台WST1、WST2的反射面,所以能够在所使用的干涉仪光轴进入反射面上的适宜位置进行对Y侧的干涉仪的重新设定。Therefore, depending on the conditions of use, the measuring axis of the interferometer in the Y-axis direction will deviate from the reflective surfaces of wafer stages WST1 and WST2, but at least one measuring axis, that is, the measuring axes BI1X and BI2X will not deviate from the reflective surfaces of wafer stages WST1 and WST2. Therefore, the interferometer on the Y side can be reset at an appropriate position where the optical axis of the interferometer used enters the reflective surface.

上述Y测定用测长轴BI3Y、BI4Y、BI5Y的各干涉仪132、131、133是各有两个光轴的2轴干涉仪,除了测定晶片载物台WST1、WST2的Y轴方向外,还可以测定前后倾斜(纵向(θx)转动)。本实施方式通过干涉仪116、118、131、132、133,合计5个干涉仪来构成管理晶片载物台WST1、WST2的二维坐标位置的干涉系统。The interferometers 132, 131, and 133 of the above-mentioned Y measuring axes BI3Y, BI4Y, and BI5Y are two-axis interferometers each having two optical axes, and in addition to measuring the Y-axis directions of wafer stages WST1, WST2, Fore-and-aft tilt (longitudinal (θx) rotation) can be measured. In this embodiment, a total of five interferometers 116 , 118 , 131 , 132 , and 133 constitute an interferometric system for managing the two-dimensional coordinate positions of wafer stages WST1 and WST2 .

另外,在图11所示主控制装置190设有存储器191,存储用于管理晶片载物台WST1、WST2的移动的条件公式(例如干涉条件)等。Also, main controller 190 shown in FIG. 11 is provided with memory 191 storing conditional formulas (for example, interference conditions) for managing movement of wafer stages WST1 and WST2 .

如后面所述,在该第二实施方式中,在晶片载物台WST1、WST2中的一方执行曝光程序时,另一方执行晶片交换、晶片对准程序,为了使此时的两载物台不相互干涉,根据各干涉仪的输出值,按照主控制装置190的指令,通过载物台控制装置160来管理晶片载物台WST1、WST2的移动。As will be described later, in the second embodiment, when one of wafer stages WST1 and WST2 executes the exposure process, the other executes the wafer exchange and wafer alignment processes. Mutual interference is based on the output values of the respective interferometers, and the movements of wafer stages WST1 and WST2 are managed by stage controller 160 in accordance with instructions from main controller 190 .

上述控制系统是以总括控制装置整体的主控制装置190为中心,由处于该主控制装置190的控制之下的曝光量控制装置170和载物台控制装置160等构成。The above-mentioned control system is centered on the main control device 190 which manages the entire control device, and is composed of the exposure amount control device 170 and the stage control device 160 under the control of the main control device 190 .

下面,以控制系统的上述构成的各部分的动作为中心,说明本实施方式的曝光装置110进行曝光时的动作。Next, the operation of the exposure apparatus 110 according to the present embodiment when performing exposure will be described centering on the operation of each part of the above-described configuration of the control system.

首先,通过载物台控制装置160,按照主控制装置190的指示,开始初缩掩模板R1(或R2)和晶片W1(或W2)、即初缩掩模板载物台RST和晶片载物台WST1(或WST2)的同步扫描。该同步扫描是通过监视上述的干涉仪系统的测长轴BI3Y和测长轴BI1X或BI2X、及初缩掩模板激光干涉仪30的测长轴BI7Y、BI8Y和测长轴BI6X的测定值,同时通过载物台控制装置160控制初缩掩模板驱动单元29和晶片载物台驱动系统而实现的。First, through the stage control device 160, according to the instructions of the main control device 190, start to shrink the mask plate R1 (or R2) and the wafer W1 (or W2), that is, shrink the mask plate stage RST and the wafer stage Synchronous scanning of WST1 (or WST2). This synchronous scanning is by monitoring the measured values of the measuring axis BI3Y and the measuring axis BI1X or BI2X of the above-mentioned interferometer system, and the measuring axis BI7Y, BI8Y and the measuring axis BI6X of the laser interferometer 30 of the shrinking mask plate, and at the same time It is realized by controlling the shrinking mask driving unit 29 and the wafer stage driving system by the stage control device 160 .

在把两载物台匀速度控制在规定的允许误差以内的时刻,曝光量控制装置170使光源11开始发光。这样,利用来自照明光学系统18的照明光,照明其下面被铬蒸镀上图形的初缩掩模板R1(或R2)的矩形照明区域IA(参照图12),该照明区域IA内的图形的像通过投影光学系统PL被缩小为1/4(或1/5)倍,并投影到其表面被凃敷了光致抗蚀剂的晶片W1(或W2)上,在晶片上形成其缩小像(局部倒像)。这里,根据图12可以明确,和初缩掩模板R1(或R2)上的图形区域比,照明区域IA的扫描方向的狭缝宽度狭窄,通过同步扫描初缩掩模板R1(或R2)和晶片W1(或W2),在晶片上的照射区域依次形成图形的整体图像。At the moment when the uniform speed of the two stages is controlled within the specified allowable error, the exposure amount control device 170 starts the light source 11 to emit light. In this way, using the illumination light from the illumination optical system 18, the rectangular illumination area IA (refer to FIG. 12 ) of the initial reduction mask plate R1 (or R2) on which the pattern is deposited by chromium vapor deposition is illuminated, and the pattern in the illumination area IA is The image is reduced to 1/4 (or 1/5) times by the projection optical system PL, and projected onto the wafer W1 (or W2) whose surface is coated with photoresist, forming its reduced image on the wafer (partial inversion). Here, it can be clearly seen from FIG. 12 that the slit width in the scanning direction of the illumination area IA is narrower than the pattern area on the reduced mask R1 (or R2), and the reduced mask R1 (or R2) and the wafer are scanned synchronously. W1 (or W2), the irradiated area on the wafer sequentially forms the overall image of the pattern.

此时,在开始前述的脉冲发光的同时,曝光量控制装置170驱动振动镜18D,在初缩掩模板R1(或R2)上的图形区域完全通过照明区域IA(参照图12)之前,即图形的整体像在晶片上的照射区域形成图形的整体图像之前,连续进行该控制,以降低两个复眼透镜系统产生的干涉条纹的斑纹。At this time, while starting the aforementioned pulse light emission, the exposure control device 170 drives the vibrating mirror 18D, before the pattern area on the shrink mask R1 (or R2) completely passes through the illumination area IA (refer to FIG. 12 ), that is, the pattern area This control is continuously performed to reduce the speckle of interference fringes produced by the two fly-eye lens systems until the overall image of the pattern is formed on the illuminated area on the wafer.

在上述扫描曝光过程中,为了使照明光不泄漏到照射边缘部的初缩掩模板R1(或R2)上的遮光区域以外,通过驱动系统43驱动控制可动遮帘18M,使初缩掩模板R1(或R2)和晶片W1(或W2)的扫描能同步进行,该一系列的同步动作是由载物台控制装置160来管理的。In the above-mentioned scanning exposure process, in order to prevent the illuminating light from leaking out of the light-shielding area on the shrinking mask R1 (or R2) at the edge of the irradiation, the driving system 43 drives and controls the movable blind 18M to make the shrinking mask The scanning of R1 (or R2 ) and wafer W1 (or W2 ) can be performed synchronously, and the series of synchronous operations are managed by the stage control device 160 .

进行上述的扫描曝光时,如上述的特开平10-163098号公报及其对应的美国专利第6,400,441/6,341,007号等的公开所示,为了能达到与抗蚀层敏感度对应的累积曝光量,利用主控制装置190或曝光量控制装置170,对照射能量和振荡频率的可变量全部进行运算,通过控制设于光源11内的减光系统,可改变照射能量和振荡频率,或控制光源11内的快门和振动镜。When performing the above-mentioned scanning exposure, as disclosed in the above-mentioned Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-163098 and its corresponding U.S. Patent No. 6,400,441/6,341,007, etc., in order to achieve a cumulative exposure amount corresponding to the sensitivity of the resist layer, use The main control device 190 or the exposure amount control device 170 calculates all the variables of the irradiation energy and the oscillation frequency. By controlling the dimming system installed in the light source 11, the irradiation energy and the oscillation frequency can be changed, or the light intensity in the light source 11 can be controlled. shutter and vibrating mirror.

另外,本实施方式的曝光装置110设有在与晶片载物台WST1之间进行晶片交换的第一传输系统,和在与晶片载物台WST2之间进行晶片交换的第二传输系统。In addition, exposure apparatus 110 of the present embodiment includes a first transport system for exchanging wafers with wafer stage WST1 and a second transport system for exchanging wafers with wafer stage WST2 .

如图14所示,第一传输系统在位于左侧的晶片装载位置的晶片载物台WST1之间,按后面所述进行晶片交换。第一传输系统由第一晶片装载器和第一中央顶起器181构成,其中,第一晶片装载器的构成包括:沿Y轴方向延伸的第一装载导向器182;沿该装载导向器182移动的第一滑块186和第二滑块187;安装在第一滑块186上的第一卸载臂184;安装在第二滑块187上的第一装载臂188等,第一中央顶起器181由设在晶片载物台WST1上的3个上下移动部件组成。As shown in FIG. 14, the first transport system performs wafer exchange between wafer stage WST1 located at the wafer loading position on the left as will be described later. The first transfer system is made up of a first wafer loader and a first central lifter 181, wherein the formation of the first wafer loader includes: a first loading guide 182 extending along the Y-axis direction; The moving first slider 186 and the second slider 187; the first unloading arm 184 installed on the first slider 186; the first loading arm 188 installed on the second slider 187, etc., the first central jacking The device 181 is composed of three vertically moving parts provided on the wafer stage WST1.

下面,简单说明通过该第一传输系统进行的晶片交换动作。Next, the operation of exchanging wafers by this first transfer system will be briefly described.

按照图14所示,说明交换位于左侧晶片装载位置的晶片载物台WST1上的晶片W1’、和由第一晶片装载器传输过来的晶片W1进行交换时的情况。Referring to FIG. 14, a description will be given of a case where wafer W1' on wafer stage WST1 at the left wafer loading position is exchanged with wafer W1 transported by the first wafer loader.

首先,主控制装置190通过未图示的开关切断晶片载物台WST1上未图示的晶片架的真空,解除对晶片W1’的吸附。First, the main controller 190 cuts off the vacuum of the wafer rack (not shown) on the wafer stage WST1 through a switch (not shown), and releases the suction of the wafer W1'.

然后,主控制装置190通过未图示的中央顶起驱动系统,使中央顶起器181上升规定量。这样,晶片W1’即被提起到规定位置。在该状态下,主控制装置190指示未图示的晶片装载控制装置移动第一卸载臂184。这样,通过晶片装载控制装置驱动控制第一滑块186,第一卸载臂184沿装载导向器182移动到晶片载物台WST1上,并位于晶片W1’的正下方。Then, the main controller 190 raises the center jack 181 by a predetermined amount by a center jack drive system (not shown). Thus, the wafer W1' is lifted to a predetermined position. In this state, the main control unit 190 instructs a not-shown wafer loading control unit to move the first unloading arm 184 . In this way, the first slider 186 is driven and controlled by the wafer loading control device, and the first unloading arm 184 moves along the loading guide 182 onto the wafer stage WST1, and is located directly below the wafer W1'.

在该状态下,主控制装置190驱动中央顶起器181下降到规定位置。在该中央顶起器181下降的过程中,晶片W1’被转交给第一卸载臂184,所以主控制装置190指示晶片装载控制装置使第一卸载臂184的真空开始接通。这样,晶片W1’被第一卸载臂184所吸附并保持。In this state, the main control device 190 drives the center jack 181 to descend to a predetermined position. During the descending process of the central lifter 181, the wafer W1' is handed over to the first unloading arm 184, so the main control device 190 instructs the wafer loading control device to start the vacuum of the first unloading arm 184. Thus, the wafer W1' is sucked and held by the first unloading arm 184.

然后,主控制装置190指示晶片装载控制装置使第一卸载臂184退让,并使第一装载臂188开始移动。这样,第一卸载臂184开始和第一滑块186一体地向图14的-Y方向移动,同时第二滑块187开始和保持晶片W1的第一装载臂188一体地向+Y方向移动。第一装载臂188来到晶片载物台WST1上方时,通过晶片装载控制装置使第二滑块187停止,同时解除第一装载臂188的真空。Then, the main control device 190 instructs the wafer loading control device to retract the first unloading arm 184 and start moving the first loading arm 188 . Thus, the first unloading arm 184 starts to move integrally with the first slider 186 in the -Y direction of FIG. When the first loading arm 188 comes above the wafer stage WST1, the second slider 187 is stopped by the wafer loading control device, and the vacuum of the first loading arm 188 is released at the same time.

在该状态下,主控制装置190驱动中央顶起器181使其上升,通过中央顶起器181把晶片W1从下方带到上方。之后,主控制装置190指示晶片装载控制装置使装载臂退让。这样,第二滑块187开始和第一装载臂188一体地向-Y方向移动,第一装载臂188退让。在该第一装载臂188开始退让的同时,主控制装置190开始驱动中央顶起器181使其下降,把晶片W1放置在晶片载物台WST1上的未图示的晶片架上,并接通该晶片架的真空。由此,晶片交换的一系列程序即完成。In this state, the main control device 190 drives the center lifter 181 to rise, and the wafer W1 is brought up by the center lifter 181 from below. Thereafter, the main control device 190 instructs the wafer loading control device to retract the loading arm. In this way, the second slider 187 starts to move integrally with the first loading arm 188 in the −Y direction, and the first loading arm 188 retracts. At the same time when the first loading arm 188 began to retreat, the main control device 190 began to drive the central lifter 181 to make it descend, and placed the wafer W1 on an unillustrated wafer rack on the wafer stage WST1, and turned on Vacuum the wafer holder. Thus, a series of procedures of wafer exchange are completed.

同样,如图15所示,第二传输系统在位于右侧晶片装载位置的晶片载物台WST2之间进行和上述相同的晶片交换。该第二传输系统由第二晶片装载器和设在晶片载物台WST2上的未图示的第二中央顶起器构成,其中,第二晶片装载器的构成包括:沿Y轴方向延伸的第二装载导向器192;沿该第二装载导向器192移动的第三滑块196和第四滑块200;安装在第三滑块196上的第二卸载臂194、安装在第四滑块200上的第二装载臂198等。Also, as shown in FIG. 15, the second transfer system performs the same wafer exchange as above between wafer stage WST2 located at the wafer loading position on the right side. The second transfer system is composed of a second wafer loader and an unillustrated second central lifter arranged on the wafer stage WST2, wherein the second wafer loader includes: The second loading guide 192; the third slider 196 and the fourth slider 200 moving along the second loading guide 192; the second unloading arm 194 installed on the third slider 196, installed on the fourth slider 200 on the second loading arm 198 and so on.

下面,根据图14及图15,说明通过两个晶片载物台WST1、WST2进行的并行处理。Next, parallel processing performed by two wafer stages WST1 and WST2 will be described with reference to FIGS. 14 and 15 .

图14表示的平面图是,在通过投影光学系统PL对晶片载物台WST2上的晶片W2进行曝光动作期间,按上面所述,在左侧装载位置,在晶片载物台WST1和第一传输系统之间交换晶片时的状态。在晶片载物台WST1上,进行继晶片交换之后的后述的对准动作。在图14中,曝光动作时的晶片载物台WST2的位置控制是根据干涉仪系统的测长轴BI2X、BI3Y的测定值进行的,进行晶片交换和对准动作的晶片载物台WST1的位置控制是根据干涉仪系统的测长轴BI1X、BI4Y的测定值进行的。FIG. 14 shows a plan view during the exposure operation of wafer W2 on wafer stage WST2 by projection optical system PL, as described above, in the left loading position, between wafer stage WST1 and the first transfer system state when exchanging wafers between them. On wafer stage WST1, an alignment operation described later after wafer exchange is performed. In FIG. 14, the position control of wafer stage WST2 during the exposure operation is performed based on the measured values of the measuring axes BI2X and BI3Y of the interferometer system, and the position of wafer stage WST1 performing wafer exchange and alignment operations is The control is performed based on the measured values of the measuring axes BI1X and BI4Y of the interferometer system.

在该图14所示的左侧装载位置,配置成使晶片载物台WST1的基准标志板FM1上的基准标志到达对准检测系统124a的正下方的状态。因此,主控制装置190在通过对准检测系统124a测定基准标志板FM1上的基准标志之前,进行干涉仪系统的测长轴BI4Y的干涉仪131的重新设定。In the loading position on the left side shown in FIG. 14 , the fiducial mark on the fiducial mark plate FM1 of wafer stage WST1 is disposed in a state where it reaches directly below alignment detection system 124 a. Therefore, the main controller 190 resets the interferometer 131 of the measuring axis BI4Y of the interferometer system before measuring the fiducial mark on the fiducial mark plate FM1 by the alignment detection system 124a.

在上述的晶片交换、干涉仪131的重新设定之后,进行搜索对准。在该晶片交换后进行的搜索对准,是由于仅靠晶片W1传送中进行的预对准,位置误差较大,所以在晶片载物台WST1上再次进行预对准。具体而言,使用对准检测系统124a的LSA系传感器等,测定形成于设在载物台WST1上的晶片W1上的3个搜索对准标志(未图示)的位置,根据该测定结果,进行晶片W1上的X、Y、θ方向的对位。进行该搜索对准时的各部分的动作是由主控制装置190控制。Search alignment is performed after the above-described wafer exchange and resetting of the interferometer 131 . In the search alignment performed after the wafer exchange, the positional error is large only by the pre-alignment performed during the transfer of the wafer W1, so the pre-alignment is performed again on the wafer stage WST1. Specifically, the positions of three search alignment marks (not shown) formed on wafer W1 provided on stage WST1 are measured using an LSA-based sensor or the like of alignment detection system 124a, and based on the measurement results, Alignment in the X, Y, and θ directions on the wafer W1 is performed. The operation of each part when performing the search and alignment is controlled by the main controller 190 .

在该搜索对准结束后,进行EGA方式的晶片对准(精对准),以求出晶片W1上的各照射区域的排列坐标。具体而言,通过干涉仪系统(测长轴BI1X、BI4Y)管理晶片载物台WST1的位置,同时以设计上的照射排列数据(对准标志位置数据)为基础,依次移动晶片载物台WST1,同时用对准检测系统124a的FIA系传感器等测定晶片W1上的规定样品照射的对准标志位置,根据该测定结果和照射排列的设计坐标数据,通过用最小二乘法进行统计运算,来运算所有的照射排列数据。进行该EGA时的各部分的动作是由主控制装置190控制,上述运算是通过主控制装置190来进行的。最好把该运算结果转换成以基准标志板FM1的基准标志位置为基准的坐标系。After the search alignment is completed, EGA-based wafer alignment (fine alignment) is performed to obtain the array coordinates of the shot regions on the wafer W1. Specifically, the position of wafer stage WST1 is managed by the interferometer system (measuring axes BI1X, BI4Y), and wafer stage WST1 is sequentially moved based on the designed irradiation array data (alignment mark position data) At the same time, use the FIA sensor of the alignment detection system 124a to measure the position of the alignment mark irradiated by the specified sample on the wafer W1, and perform statistical calculations using the least square method based on the measurement results and the design coordinate data of the irradiation arrangement. All irradiation array data. The operation of each part when this EGA is performed is controlled by the main control device 190 , and the above calculation is performed by the main control device 190 . It is preferable to convert the calculation result into a coordinate system based on the position of the fiducial mark on the fiducial mark plate FM1.

该实施方式通过对准检测系统124a进行测定时,和曝光时相同,通过AF/AL机构的测定、控制,来进行自动调焦/自动调平,同时进行对准标志的位置测定,可以使对准和曝光之间不产生因载物台的姿势而造成的偏移(误差)。In this embodiment, when the measurement is performed by the alignment detection system 124a, as in the case of exposure, the measurement and control of the AF/AL mechanism are used to perform automatic focus/automatic leveling, and at the same time to measure the position of the alignment mark. There is no offset (error) due to the attitude of the stage between alignment and exposure.

在晶片载物台WST1侧进行上述的晶片交换、对准动作期间,在晶片载物台WST2侧,使用两个初缩掩模板R1、R2,边改变曝光条件,边利用步进扫描方式连续进行双重曝光。During the above-mentioned wafer exchange and alignment operations on the wafer stage WST1 side, on the wafer stage WST2 side, use two shrink reticles R1 and R2 to continuously perform the step-and-scan method while changing the exposure conditions. double exposure.

具体而言,和前述的晶片W1侧相同,预先进行EGA方式精对准,根据由该结果获得的晶片W2上的照射排列数据(以基准标志板FM2上的基准标志为基准),依次进行晶片W2的邻接照射间的移动(步进),对晶片W2上的各照射区域,依次进行前述的扫描曝光。进行上述的照射间移动动作时,进行和前述的第一实施方式中的说明相同的晶片载物台WST2的移动控制。在该第二实施方式,和前述的第一实施方式中的说明相同,把对晶片上的照射区域进行曝光时的初缩掩模板载物台和晶片载物台的同步控制用各种设定信息(包含控制参数的设定信息),对各照射区域的曝光结束后的匀速过扫描时间中的每个照射区域,或对不同行的照射间的移动动作中的每个下一行,从主控制装置190传送给载物台控制装置160。此时,来自可能会通过载物台控制装置160时常进行取样的初缩掩模板干涉仪30、激光干涉仪系统及前述的AF/AL测定机构的信息以外的必要信息,全部在上述定时由主控制装置190传送,同时为了实现快速处理,与同步控制相关的参数的设定信息最好作为行列式以能够最快速处理的状态转交给载物台控制装置160。另外,为了缩短同步稳定时间和提高生产能力,载物台控制装置160最好在每个照射的曝光开始前的两载物台同步稳定期间之前,完成与上述设定信息相适应的两载物台的位置设定。Specifically, similar to the aforementioned wafer W1 side, the EGA system fine alignment is performed in advance, and based on the irradiation array data on the wafer W2 obtained from the result (based on the fiducial marks on the fiducial mark plate FM2), the wafers are sequentially aligned. The movement (stepping) between adjacent shots of W2 sequentially performs the aforementioned scanning exposure on each shot region on wafer W2. When performing the above-mentioned moving operation between shots, the same movement control of wafer stage WST2 as described in the above-mentioned first embodiment is performed. In this second embodiment, as described in the above-mentioned first embodiment, the synchronous control of the reticle stage and the wafer stage when exposing the shot area on the wafer is set in various settings. Information (including setting information of control parameters), for each irradiation area in the constant speed overscanning time after the exposure of each irradiation area, or for each next line in the moving action between the irradiations of different lines, from the master The control device 190 transmits to the stage control device 160 . At this time, all necessary information other than the information from the reticle interferometer 30, the laser interferometer system, and the aforementioned AF/AL measurement mechanism that may be sampled frequently by the stage control device 160 are all provided by the host at the above timing. The control device 190 transmits, and at the same time, in order to realize fast processing, the parameter setting information related to the synchronous control is preferably transferred to the stage control device 160 as a determinant in a state that can be processed most quickly. In addition, in order to shorten the synchronous stabilization time and improve the production capacity, the stage control device 160 preferably completes the two stage stages corresponding to the above-mentioned setting information before the synchronous stabilization period of the two stage stages before the exposure of each exposure. station position setting.

对上述的晶片W2上的所有照射区域的曝光,在初缩掩模板交换后也能连续进行。具体而言,作为双重曝光的曝光顺序,例如,使用初缩掩模板R2对晶片W1的各照射区域依次进行扫描曝光后,使初缩掩模板载物台RST向扫描方向移动规定量,把初缩掩模板R1设定在曝光位置后,按和上述相反的顺序进行扫描曝光。此时,在初缩掩模板R2和初缩掩模板R1的曝光条件(AF/AL、曝光量)和透过率不同,所以需要在进行初缩掩模板对准时分别测定条件,根据该结果来变更条件。Exposure to all shot regions on the above-mentioned wafer W2 can be performed continuously even after the reticle is exchanged. Specifically, as the exposure sequence of the double exposure, for example, after sequentially performing scanning exposure on each shot region of the wafer W1 using the reduced reticle R2, the reduced reticle stage RST is moved by a predetermined amount in the scanning direction, and the reduced reticle After the reduced mask template R1 is set at the exposure position, scan exposure is performed in the reverse order to the above. At this time, the exposure conditions (AF/AL, exposure amount) and transmittance of the reduced mask R2 and the reduced mask R1 are different, so it is necessary to measure the conditions separately when performing the reduced mask alignment, and based on the results Change conditions.

该晶片W2的双重曝光时的各部分的动作也是由主控制装置190进行控制的。The operation of each part during the double exposure of the wafer W2 is also controlled by the main controller 190 .

在上述的图14所示的两个晶片载物台WST1、WST2上并行进行的曝光程序和晶片交换·对准程序,是在先结束的晶片载物台方处于等待状态,两方的动作结束后的时刻,把晶片载物台WST1、WST2控制移动到图15所示的位置。曝光程序结束后的晶片载物台WST2上的晶片W2,在右侧装载位置进行晶片交换,对准程序结束后的晶片载物台WST1上的晶片W1,在投影光学系统PL的下面进行曝光程序。The exposure process and the wafer exchange/alignment process performed in parallel on the two wafer stages WST1 and WST2 shown in FIG. 14 above are in a waiting state on the wafer stage that is completed earlier, and the operations of both parties are completed. At the next moment, wafer stage WST1, WST2 is controlled to move to the position shown in FIG. 15 . The wafer W2 on the wafer stage WST2 after the exposure process is completed, and the wafer is exchanged at the loading position on the right side, and the wafer W1 on the wafer stage WST1 after the alignment process is completed, and the exposure process is performed under the projection optical system PL .

在图15所示的右侧装载位置,和左侧装载位置相同,配置成使基准标志板FM2上的基准标志到达对准检测系统124b下方的状态,再进行前述的晶片交换动作和对准程序。自然,干涉仪系统的测长轴BI5Y的干涉仪的重新设定动作,是在利用对准检测系统124b检测基准标志板FM2上的基准标志之前进行的。The loading position on the right side shown in FIG. 15 is the same as the loading position on the left side. It is configured so that the fiducial mark on the fiducial mark plate FM2 reaches the state below the alignment detection system 124b, and then the aforementioned wafer exchange operation and alignment procedure are performed. . Naturally, the reset operation of the interferometer of the measuring axis BI5Y of the interferometer system is performed before the detection of the fiducial mark on the fiducial mark plate FM2 by the alignment detection system 124b.

由主控制装置190控制的上述一系列并行处理动作过程中进行的干涉仪的重新设定动作,和上述特开平10-163098号公报及其对应的美国专利第6,400,441/6,341,007号等所公开的动作完全相同。The reset operation of the interferometer performed during the above-mentioned series of parallel processing operations controlled by the main control device 190 is the same as the operation disclosed in the above-mentioned Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-163098 and its corresponding U.S. Patent No. 6,400,441/6,341,007 exactly the same.

如上所述,根据本第二实施方式的曝光装置110,在执行和对各晶片进行曝光所需要的初缩掩模板RST在扫描方向上的移动动作并行进行的、晶片载物台WST1、WST2的照射间移动动作时,和前述的第一实施方式的说明相同,进行晶片载物台WST1、WST2的移动控制,所以通过缩短晶片载物台WST1、WST2的照射之间的移动时间,可以实现高生产能力下的双重曝光。其理由是,例如,如特开平10-163098号公报及其对应的美国专利第6,400,441/6,341,007号等的公开所示,具有双晶片载物台的曝光装置,例如,把各处理时间设为T1(晶片交换时间)、T2(搜索对准时间)、T3(精对准时间)、T4(一次曝光时间)时,边并列处理T1、T2、T3和T4边进行双重曝光时,如果是8英寸晶片,由于曝光时间多,所以该曝光时间成为制约条件,决定着整体生产能力,但本第二实施方式,通过缩短晶片载物台WST1、WST2的照射之间的移动时间,可以缩短曝光时间T4。As described above, according to the exposure apparatus 110 of the second embodiment, the movements of the wafer stages WST1 and WST2 performed in parallel with the movement of the reticle RST in the scanning direction necessary for exposing each wafer are performed. During the movement operation between irradiations, the movement control of wafer stages WST1 and WST2 is performed in the same manner as in the description of the above-mentioned first embodiment, so by shortening the movement time between irradiations of wafer stages WST1 and WST2, a high speed can be realized. Double exposure under production capacity. The reason is that, for example, as disclosed in JP-A-10-163098 and its corresponding U.S. Patent No. 6,400,441/6,341,007, an exposure apparatus having a double wafer stage, for example, sets each processing time to T1 (Wafer Exchange Time), T2 (Search Alignment Time), T3 (Fine Alignment Time), T4 (Single Exposure Time), when performing double exposure while processing T1, T2, T3, and T4 side by side, if it is 8 inches Since the wafer has a long exposure time, the exposure time becomes a constraint and determines the overall production capacity. However, in the second embodiment, the exposure time T4 can be shortened by shortening the movement time between the irradiations of the wafer stage WST1 and WST2. .

另外,本第二实施方式使用多个初缩掩模板R1、R2进行双重曝光时,能够获得高分辩率和提高DOF(焦点深度)的效果。本第二实施方式通过同时并行处理一个晶片载物台上的曝光动作和另一个晶片载物台上的对准、晶片交换动作等,可以大幅度改善生产能力,能够获得不降低生产能力就能得到高分辩率和提高DOF(焦点深度)的效果。In addition, in the second embodiment, when double exposure is performed using a plurality of reduced reticles R1 and R2, the effect of high resolution and improvement of DOF (depth of focus) can be obtained. In the second embodiment, by simultaneously processing the exposure operation on one wafer stage and the alignment and wafer exchange operations on the other wafer stage in parallel, the throughput can be greatly improved, and the throughput can be obtained without reducing the throughput. Get high resolution and improve DOF (depth of focus) effect.

自然,本第二实施方式的曝光装置110进行非双重曝光的普通曝光时,除能获得和前述第一实施方式相同的效果外,通过在两个晶片载物台上的同时并行处理,可以进一步提高生产能力。Of course, when the exposure device 110 of the second embodiment performs ordinary exposure without double exposure, in addition to obtaining the same effect as that of the first embodiment, it can further improve Improve production capacity.

象本第二实施方式这样,使用两个晶片载物台WST1、WST2,同时并行处理不同动作时,在一个载物台上进行的动作有可能影响另一个载物台的动作(外来干扰)。该情况时,最好进行上述特开平10-163098号公报的图11~图13及其说明部分公开的、在两个载物台WST1、WST2上进行的动作定时调整。例如,进行两个晶片载物台的加减速定时的调整,例如,在对一个晶片载物台上的晶片进行扫描曝光时,进行另一个晶片载物台上的晶片的对准测定动作等,并行进行双方互不影响(或影响小)的各动作。When two wafer stages WST1 and WST2 are used as in the second embodiment and different operations are processed in parallel at the same time, the operation performed on one stage may affect the operation of the other stage (external disturbance). In this case, it is preferable to perform the operation timing adjustment performed on the two stages WST1 and WST2 as disclosed in FIGS. 11 to 13 and their descriptions in JP-A-10-163098. For example, the timing of acceleration and deceleration of two wafer stages is adjusted, for example, when performing scanning exposure on a wafer on one wafer stage, the alignment measurement operation of the wafer on the other wafer stage is performed, etc. Each action that does not affect each other (or has little influence) is carried out in parallel.

尽管说明有些滞后,但本第二实施方式的曝光装置110为了避免晶片载物台WST1、WST2间的冲突,进行了以下研究。Although the description is somewhat delayed, the exposure apparatus 110 of the second embodiment has performed the following studies in order to avoid collisions between wafer stages WST1 and WST2.

即,从主控制装置190向载物台控制装置160传送每行或每块晶片的控制信息时,该所传送的信息中,包括载物台移动时的各机构部分的相关错误信息(检测错误用、或错误应对用信息)和两晶片载物台的预想位置坐标等。因此,在前述的并行处理动作中,进行对准的一个晶片载物台产生类似在进行曝光的另一个晶片载物台的移动范围内停止的某种错误时,载物台控制装置160可以在两者距离为规定距离以内的阶段,使另一个晶片载物台紧急停止,从而使上述一个晶片载物台和上述另一个晶片载物台不产生冲突。That is, when the control information of each row or each wafer is transmitted from the main control device 190 to the stage control device 160, the transmitted information includes the relevant error information (detection error) of each mechanism part when the stage moves. Use, or error response information) and the expected position coordinates of the two-wafer stage, etc. Therefore, in the foregoing parallel processing operations, when one of the wafer stages performing alignment makes some kind of error such as stopping within the moving range of the other wafer stage performing exposure, the stage control device 160 can When the distance between the two is within a predetermined distance, the other wafer stage is stopped in an emergency so that the one wafer stage does not collide with the other wafer stage.

上述第二实施方式中,对把本发明涉及的载物台装置适用于使用双重曝光方法进行晶片曝光的装置的情况进行了说明,但也可以适用于相同技术的缝合,该场合时,在一个晶片载物台侧用两个初缩掩模板进行两次曝光的期间,在独力可动的另一个晶片载物台侧并行进行晶片交换和晶片对准,由此,可以获得高于普通曝光装置的缝合的生产能力。In the above-mentioned second embodiment, the case where the stage device according to the present invention is applied to a device for exposing wafers using a double exposure method has been described, but it can also be applied to stitching of the same technique. In this case, in one During two exposures with two shrinking mask plates on the wafer stage side, wafer exchange and wafer alignment are performed in parallel on the independently movable side of the other wafer stage. suture production capacity.

但是,本发明涉及的载物台装置的适用范围并不受此限定,对利用单重曝光法进行曝光的场合,本发明也非常适用。However, the scope of application of the stage device according to the present invention is not limited thereto, and the present invention is also very suitable for exposure by a single exposure method.

上述的第二实施方式叙述的是并行处理对准动作和晶片交换动作与曝光动作的场合,但并不受此限定,例如,对每次进行基线检查(BCHK)、晶片交换时所执行的对准等程序,同样也可以和曝光动作并行处理。The above-mentioned second embodiment describes the case where the alignment operation, the wafer exchange operation, and the exposure operation are processed in parallel, but it is not limited thereto. Quasi-equal procedures can also be processed in parallel with the exposure action.

上述各实施方式中的曝光用照明光,使用的是波长100nm以上的紫外光,具体而言,说明的是使用KrF准分子激光光束、ArF准分子激光光束或F2激光光束(波长157nm)时的情况,但并不受此限定,例如,也可以使用g线、i线等和KrF准分子激光光束同属远紫外区域的远紫外(DUV)光束等。另外,也可以使用YAG激光器的高次谐波等。The illumination light for exposure in each of the above-mentioned embodiments uses ultraviolet light with a wavelength of 100 nm or more. Specifically, when using a KrF excimer laser beam, an ArF excimer laser beam, or an F2 laser beam (wavelength 157 nm) is described. However, it is not limited thereto. For example, g-line, i-line, etc., which belong to the deep ultraviolet region of the KrF excimer laser beam, can also be used. In addition, harmonics of a YAG laser or the like may be used.

另外,也可以使用把由DFB半导体激光器或光纤激光器振荡的红外区域、或可见区域的单一波长激光,例如用掺铒(或铒和镱双方)的光纤放大器进行放大,再用非线形光学结晶变换为紫外光波长的高次谐波。紫外单一波长振荡激光器,例如,可以使用掺镱的光纤激光器。In addition, it is also possible to use a single-wavelength laser in the infrared region or visible region oscillated by a DFB semiconductor laser or fiber laser, for example, to amplify it with an erbium-doped (or both erbium and ytterbium) fiber amplifier, and then use a nonlinear optical crystal to convert is the higher harmonic of the wavelength of ultraviolet light. As an ultraviolet single-wavelength oscillation laser, for example, an ytterbium-doped fiber laser can be used.

上述各实施方式的曝光装置中,曝光用照明光不限定于波长100nm以上的光,自然也可使用波长不足100nm的光。例如,近年,为了曝光70nm以下的图形,所开发的EUV曝光装置,以SOR和等离子激光器为光源,使产生软X线区域(例如,5~15nm的波长区域)的EUV(Extreme Ultraviolet)光,同时使用了在该曝光波长(例如13.5nm)下设计的全反射缩小光学系统、及反射型掩模板。该装置所考虑的结构是使用圆弧照明,同步扫描掩模板和晶片进行曝光,该也包括在本发明的适用范围之内。In the exposure apparatus of each of the above-mentioned embodiments, the illumination light for exposure is not limited to light having a wavelength of 100 nm or more, and light having a wavelength of less than 100 nm may naturally be used. For example, in recent years, in order to expose patterns below 70nm, the EUV exposure device developed uses SOR and plasma lasers as light sources to generate EUV (Extreme Ultraviolet) light in the soft X-ray region (for example, the wavelength region of 5-15nm), At the same time, a total reflection reduction optical system designed for the exposure wavelength (for example, 13.5 nm) and a reflective mask are used. The structure considered by the device is to use circular arc illumination to synchronously scan the mask plate and the wafer for exposure, which is also included in the scope of application of the present invention.

另外,使用电子束或离子束等带电粒子束的曝光装置也可以适用本发明。例如,作为电子束曝光装置,可以使用掩模板投影式曝光装置,在掩模板上以相互分离约250nm的多个子视场上分解形成电路图形,在掩模板上把电子束依次沿第一方向移动,同时使掩模板沿垂直于第一方向的第二方向移动,与此同步,使晶片相对把分解图形进行缩小投影的电子光学系统进行相对移动,在晶片上接合分解图形的缩小像,形成合成图形。In addition, the present invention can also be applied to an exposure apparatus using a charged particle beam such as an electron beam or an ion beam. For example, as an electron beam exposure device, a reticle projection type exposure device can be used to decompose and form circuit patterns on a plurality of sub-fields separated by about 250 nm from each other on the reticle, and move the electron beam sequentially along the first direction on the reticle At the same time, the mask plate is moved along the second direction perpendicular to the first direction, and synchronously with this, the wafer is relatively moved relative to the electron optical system that reduces the projection of the decomposed pattern, and the reduced image of the decomposed pattern is joined on the wafer to form a composite graphics.

上述实施方式中说明了本发明适用于步进扫描式缩小投影曝光装置(步进扫描曝光装置)的情况,但是,例如,本发明也可以适用于镜投影对准接近式曝光装置(例如,使掩模板和晶片相对被照射了X线的圆弧状照明区域一体地进行相对移动的扫描型X线曝光装置)等。In the above-mentioned embodiments, the case where the present invention is applied to a step-and-scan reduction projection exposure apparatus (step-and-scan exposure apparatus) has been described, but, for example, the present invention can also be applied to a mirror projection alignment proximity exposure apparatus (for example, using A scanning X-ray exposure apparatus in which a mask plate and a wafer are integrally moved relative to an arc-shaped illumination area irradiated with X-rays) and the like.

另外,投影光学系统不仅能使用缩小系统,也可使用等倍系统或放大系统(例如,液晶显示制造用曝光装置等)。投影光学系统还可使用折射系统、反射系统、及折射反射系统中的任一个。光学元件(特别是折射元件)可以使用的玻璃和凃敷材料的种类受到曝光用照明光的波长限制,而且每种玻璃可以制造的最大口径也不同,所以考虑到根据曝光装置的规格所决定的曝光波长及其波长宽度(光谱半值宽)、及投影光学系统的视场尺寸和孔径数等,选择折射系统、反射系统、及折射反射系统中的任一个。In addition, not only a reduction system but also an equal magnification system or a magnification system can be used as the projection optical system (for example, an exposure device for liquid crystal display production, etc.). Any one of a refractive system, a reflective system, and a dioptric reflective system may also be used for the projection optical system. The types of glass and coating materials that can be used for optical elements (especially refractive elements) are limited by the wavelength of the illumination light used for exposure, and the maximum aperture that can be manufactured for each type of glass is also different. For the exposure wavelength and its wavelength width (spectral half-value width), and the size of the field of view and the number of apertures of the projection optical system, any one of a refraction system, a reflection system, and a catadioptric reflection system is selected.

一般,如果曝光波长大约在190nm以上,作为玻璃可以使用合成石英和萤石,所以反射系统及折射反射系统自不待言,折射系统也比较容易采用。另外,波长约200nm以下的真空紫外光,根据其被狭窄化后的波长宽度,也可以使用折射系统,特别是在波长约190nm以下时,作为玻璃,除萤石以外没有合适材料,并且其波长的狭窄化也困难,所以采用反射系统或折射反射系统比较有利。EUV光采用仅由多个(例如,约3~6个)反射元件组成的反射系统。电子束曝光装置可以使用由电子透镜和偏转器组成的电子光学系统。真空紫外区域的曝光用照明光,用降低其衰减的气体(例如,氮气、氦气等惰性气体)来充满光路,或把其光路作成真空,用EUV光或电子束来使其光路成为真空。Generally, if the exposure wavelength is above about 190nm, synthetic quartz and fluorite can be used as glass, so it goes without saying that reflective system and refraction reflective system, and refraction system is also relatively easy to use. In addition, vacuum ultraviolet light with a wavelength of about 200nm or less can also use a refraction system according to its narrowed wavelength width. Especially when the wavelength is less than about 190nm, there is no suitable material for glass except fluorite, and its wavelength Narrowing is also difficult, so it is more advantageous to use a reflective system or a refraction reflective system. EUV light employs reflective systems consisting only of multiple (eg, about 3-6) reflective elements. The electron beam exposure apparatus can use an electron optical system composed of an electron lens and a deflector. Exposure in the vacuum ultraviolet region uses illumination light, fills the optical path with a gas that reduces its attenuation (for example, nitrogen, helium and other inert gases), or makes the optical path a vacuum, and uses EUV light or electron beams to make the optical path a vacuum.

本发明不仅适用于半导体器件制造用曝光装置,也可适用于向方型玻璃板上转印液晶显示元件图形的液晶用曝光装置、等离子显示器和有机EL等显示装置、薄膜磁头、摄像元件(CCD等)、微型机器及DNA芯片等制造用曝光装置、以及掩模板或初缩掩模板制造用曝光装置等。另外,不仅适用于半导体器件等微型器件,也可适用于光曝光装置、EUV曝光装置、接近式X线曝光装置、以及为了制造电子束曝光装置等使用的初缩掩模板或掩模板而向玻璃基片或硅晶片等转印电路图形的曝光装置。其中,使用光曝光装置(DUV光或EUV光)等曝光装置,一般使用透过型初缩掩模板,而初缩掩模板基片可以使用石英玻璃、掺氟的石英玻璃、萤石、或水晶等。EUV曝光装置使用反射型掩模板,而接近式X线曝光装置或掩模板投影式电子束曝光装置等使用透过型掩模板(腊模板、薄膜板),而掩模板基片使用硅晶片等。The present invention is not only applicable to the exposure device for the manufacture of semiconductor devices, but also applicable to the exposure device for liquid crystals, plasma displays and organic EL and other display devices, thin film magnetic heads, imaging elements (CCD) to square glass plates. etc.), exposure devices for the manufacture of micromachines and DNA chips, and exposure devices for the manufacture of masks or shrink masks. In addition, it is not only suitable for micro-devices such as semiconductor devices, but also suitable for photoexposure equipment, EUV exposure equipment, proximity X-ray exposure equipment, and for the production of shrinkable masks or reticles used in electron beam exposure equipment. Exposure device for transferring circuit patterns on substrates or silicon wafers. Among them, using exposure devices such as light exposure devices (DUV light or EUV light), generally use a transmission type shrink mask, and the shrink mask substrate can use quartz glass, fluorine-doped quartz glass, fluorite, or crystal. wait. The EUV exposure device uses a reflective mask, while the proximity X-ray exposure device or mask projection electron beam exposure device uses a transmission mask (wax plate, film plate), and the mask substrate uses a silicon wafer.

另外,本发明涉及的载物台装置不仅可适用于前述的曝光装置为代表的、半导体器件等微型器件制造工序中使用的光刻装置,例如,也可以适用于激光修理装置、检查装置等。微型器件制造工序中使用的各种装置以外的装置也可适用本发明。《器件制造方法》In addition, the stage apparatus according to the present invention is applicable not only to photolithography apparatuses used in the manufacturing process of microdevices such as semiconductor devices represented by the above-mentioned exposure apparatuses, but also to laser repair apparatuses, inspection apparatuses, etc., for example. The present invention can also be applied to devices other than various devices used in the micro device manufacturing process. "Device Manufacturing Method"

下面,说明在光刻工序中使用了上述的各实施方式的曝光装置的器件制造方法的实施方式。Next, an embodiment of a device manufacturing method using the exposure apparatus of each embodiment described above in a photolithography process will be described.

图16表示器件(IC和LSI等半导体芯片、液晶面板、CCD、薄膜磁头、微型机器等)的制造实例的流程图。如图16所示,首先在步骤201(设计步骤),进行器件的功能·性能设计(例如,半导体器件的电路设计等),并进行实现该功能的图形设计。然后,在步骤202(掩模制造步骤),制造形成了所设计的电路图形的掩模板。另一方面,在步骤203(晶片制造步骤),使用硅等材料制造晶片。FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing an example of manufacturing devices (semiconductor chips such as ICs and LSIs, liquid crystal panels, CCDs, thin-film magnetic heads, micromachines, etc.). As shown in FIG. 16, first in step 201 (design step), the function and performance design of the device (for example, the circuit design of the semiconductor device, etc.) is performed, and the graphic design for realizing the function is performed. Then, in step 202 (mask manufacturing step), a mask plate on which the designed circuit pattern is formed is manufactured. On the other hand, in step 203 (wafer manufacturing step), a wafer is manufactured using a material such as silicon.

然后,在步骤204(晶片处理步骤),使用在步骤201~203准备的掩模板和晶片,按后面所述,利用光刻技术等在晶片上形成实际的电路等。之后,在步骤205(器件组装步骤),使用在步骤204处理后的晶片进行器件组装。在该步骤205,根据需要可以包括切片工序、焊接工序以及封装工序(封入芯片)等工序。Then, in step 204 (wafer processing step), using the mask and the wafer prepared in steps 201 to 203, actual circuits and the like are formed on the wafer by photolithography and the like as will be described later. Then, in step 205 (device assembly step), device assembly is performed using the wafer processed in step 204 . This step 205 may include a slicing process, a soldering process, and a packaging process (encapsulating chips) as required.

最后,在步骤206(检查步骤),对在步骤205作成的器件进行动作确认测试、耐久性试验等检查。经过该工序后的器件即完成制造,可以出厂。Finally, in step 206 (inspection step), the device produced in step 205 is subjected to inspections such as an operation confirmation test and a durability test. After this process, the device is manufactured and ready to leave the factory.

图17表示半导体器件的上述步骤204的详细流程实例。在图17中,在步骤211(氧化步骤),使晶片的表面氧化。在步骤212(CVD步骤),在晶片表面形成绝缘膜。在步骤213(电极形成步骤),通过蒸镀在晶片上形成电极。在步骤214(离子注入步骤),向晶片中注入离子。以上的各步骤211~步骤214,构成晶片处理的各阶段的前处理工序,在各阶段选择进行所需要的处理。FIG. 17 shows an example of a detailed flow of the above-mentioned step 204 of the semiconductor device. In FIG. 17, in step 211 (oxidation step), the surface of the wafer is oxidized. In step 212 (CVD step), an insulating film is formed on the wafer surface. In step 213 (electrode forming step), electrodes are formed on the wafer by evaporation. In step 214 (ion implantation step), ions are implanted into the wafer. Each of the above steps 211 to 214 constitutes a preprocessing step for each stage of wafer processing, and necessary processing is selected and performed at each stage.

在晶片工艺的各阶段,上述前处理工序结束后,即进行以下的后处理工序。在该后处理工序,首先在步骤215(抗蚀膜形成步骤),向晶片凃敷感光剂。在步骤216(曝光步骤),利用上述说明的光刻系统(曝光装置)及曝光方法,把掩模板的电路图形转印到晶片上。在步骤217(显影步骤),使曝光后的晶片显影。在步骤218(蚀刻步骤),通过蚀刻去掉抗蚀剂残留部分以外的部分的外露部件。在步骤219(抗蚀剂清除步骤),清除蚀刻完毕后不需要的抗蚀剂。In each stage of the wafer process, after the above-mentioned pre-processing steps are completed, the following post-processing steps are performed. In this post-processing step, first, in step 215 (resist film forming step), a photosensitive agent is applied to the wafer. In step 216 (exposure step), the circuit pattern of the mask plate is transferred onto the wafer using the photolithography system (exposure apparatus) and exposure method described above. In step 217 (developing step), the exposed wafer is developed. In step 218 (etching step), exposed parts of parts other than the resist remaining part are removed by etching. In step 219 (resist removal step), unnecessary resist after the etching is completed is removed.

通过反复进行这些前处理工序和后处理工序,在晶片上形成多重电路图形。By repeating these pre-processing steps and post-processing steps, multiple circuit patterns are formed on the wafer.

使用以上说明的本实施方式的器件制造方法,在曝光工序(步骤216)使用了上述各实施方式的曝光装置,所以能够在晶片W上的各照射区域高生产率地转印初缩掩模板的图形。结果,可以提高高集成度的器件生产率(包括成品合格率)。According to the device manufacturing method of this embodiment described above, the exposure device of each of the above-mentioned embodiments is used in the exposure step (step 216), so the pattern of the reduced mask can be transferred to each shot area on the wafer W with high productivity. . As a result, high-integration device productivity (including yield) can be improved.

上述的本发明的实施方式,是目前非常好的实施方式,但对光刻系统的本行业人士来说,只要不脱离本发明的精神和范围,对上述实施方式进行的更多附加、变形、置换,都是容易想像得到的。所有这种附加、变形、置换,都包括在通过权利要求书最准确地写明的本发明的范围内。The above-mentioned embodiment of the present invention is a very good embodiment at present, but for those in the industry of the photolithography system, as long as they do not depart from the spirit and scope of the present invention, more additions, deformations, Substitutions are easy to imagine. All such additions, modifications, and substitutions are included within the scope of the present invention most precisely described by the claims.

Claims (56)

1. exposure device with moved further mask plate and object, is transferred to the figure of aforementioned mask plate in a plurality of zonings on the above-mentioned object on the direction of scanning of regulation successively, it is characterized in that having:
The mask plate objective table supports the aforementioned mask plate, can move on above-mentioned direction of scanning at least;
The object objective table supports above-mentioned object, can move in two dimensional surface;
The objective table control system is controlled above-mentioned two objective tables; With
Control device, behind the end exposure of an above-mentioned relatively zoning at the latest, to in order to carry out the exposure of next zoning, by above-mentioned objective table control system make above-mentioned two objective tables before the deceleration on the above-mentioned direction of scanning begins during, at least the set information of the required controlled variable of the exposure of next zoning is sent to above-mentioned objective table control system.
2. exposure device according to claim 1 is characterized in that, above-mentioned control device also sends above-mentioned set information to above-mentioned objective table control system when exposed in an above-mentioned zoning.
3. exposure device according to claim 2, it is characterized in that, above-mentioned control device is sending under the situation of above-mentioned set information when exposed in an above-mentioned zoning, sends the set information of the required controlled variable of the exposure of next and later a plurality of zonings.
4. exposure device according to claim 1 is characterized in that, above-mentioned objective table control system, during the synchronism stability of above-mentioned two objective tables before the exposure of above-mentioned next zoning before, end is according to the set positions of two objective tables of above-mentioned set information.
5. exposure device according to claim 1 is characterized in that,
Above-mentioned controlled variable comprises the relevant parameter of measuring before the exposure of the arrangement with above-mentioned zoning, above-mentioned set information comprises, the information of the amount of movement corrected value between the zoning of having considered to produce owing to the arrangement error of the zoning of the stage coordinate system of regulation relatively.
6. exposure device according to claim 5 is characterized in that,
The arrangement error of above-mentioned zoning comprises: at least one in the error dwindled in the amplification of side-play amount on stage coordinate system of the error of perpendicularity of the stage coordinate system that moves of the rotation error of above-mentioned object, the above-mentioned object of regulation, above-mentioned object, above-mentioned object.
7. exposure device according to claim 1 is characterized in that,
Above-mentioned objective table control system is controlled above-mentioned two objective tables, so that behind end exposure to a zoning on the above-mentioned object, in order to carry out the exposure of next zoning, make the action that helps away that above-mentioned two objective tables are accelerated after slowing down on the above-mentioned direction of scanning, and parallel simultaneously the carrying out of shift action between the above-mentioned object objective table zoning of moving on perpendicular to the non-direction of scanning of above-mentioned direction of scanning, and, the action that above-mentioned object objective table is moved to above-mentioned non-direction of scanning, during the synchronism stability of above-mentioned two objective tables before the exposure of above-mentioned next zoning before end.
8. exposure device according to claim 1 is characterized in that,
Above-mentioned objective table control system, between perpendicular to the zoning in the same delegation of the non-direction of scanning of above-mentioned direction of scanning, behind end exposure to a zoning, guaranteed that before reducing speed now behind the above-mentioned end exposure above-mentioned two objective tables are between the back stationary phase of at the uniform velocity moving on the above-mentioned direction of scanning, between different rows when mobile, behind end exposure to a zoning, the speed-down action of above-mentioned two objective tables that will begin in a minute.
9. exposure device according to claim 1 is characterized in that,
Above-mentioned objective table control system, between perpendicular to the zoning in the same delegation of the non-direction of scanning of above-mentioned direction of scanning, after above-mentioned two objective tables slow down on above-mentioned direction of scanning, quicken help away action the time, according to command value, control above-mentioned two objective tables according to the acceleration rate curve gained after the coding counter-rotating that has polarised.
10. exposure device according to claim 9 is characterized in that,
Above-mentioned objective table control system, when carrying out the shift action of above-mentioned two objective tables on above-mentioned direction of scanning between the zoning of the different row in above-mentioned non-direction of scanning, according to controlling above-mentioned object objective table according to the command value of the acceleration rate curve gained after four polarization.
11. exposure device according to claim 9 is characterized in that,
Above-mentioned objective table control system, make above-mentioned two objective tables above-mentioned between the above-mentioned zoning on the above-mentioned direction of scanning help away action parallel, command value according to according at least 2 utmost points being the acceleration rate curve gained after difform total four polarizes makes the shift action of above-mentioned object objective table between the zoning of moving on the above-mentioned non-direction of scanning.
12. a device making method that comprises photo-mask process is characterized in that, at above-mentioned photo-mask process, uses the described exposure device of claim 1 to expose.
13. an exposure device with moved further mask plate and object, is transferred to the figure of aforementioned mask plate in a plurality of zonings on the above-mentioned object on the direction of scanning of regulation successively, has:
The mask plate objective table supports the aforementioned mask plate, can move on above-mentioned direction of scanning at least;
The object objective table supports above-mentioned object, can move in two dimensional surface;
The objective table control system is controlled above-mentioned two objective tables; With
Control device, behind end exposure perpendicular to the final zoning in any row on the non-direction of scanning of the above-mentioned direction of scanning on the above-mentioned object, to in order to carry out the exposure of initial zonings of other row, carry out the mobile control period of above-mentioned two objective tables by above-mentioned objective table control system, the exposure of a plurality of zonings in above-mentioned other row is sent to above-mentioned objective table control system with the set information of required controlled variable.
14. exposure device according to claim 13 is characterized in that,
Above-mentioned objective table control system, during the synchronism stability of above-mentioned two objective tables of each zoning of above-mentioned other row before beginning to expose before, finish and the set positions of two objective tables that above-mentioned set information adapts.
15. exposure device according to claim 13 is characterized in that,
Above-mentioned controlled variable comprises the relevant parameter of measuring before the exposure of the arrangement with above-mentioned zoning, above-mentioned set information comprises, the information of the amount of movement corrected value between the zoning of having considered to produce owing to the arrangement error of the zoning of the stage coordinate system of regulation relatively.
16. exposure device according to claim 15 is characterized in that,
The arrangement error of above-mentioned zoning comprises: at least one in the error dwindled in the amplification of side-play amount on stage coordinate system of the error of perpendicularity of the stage coordinate system that moves of the rotation error of above-mentioned object, the above-mentioned object of regulation, above-mentioned object, above-mentioned object.
17. exposure device according to claim 13 is characterized in that,
Above-mentioned objective table control system is controlled above-mentioned two objective tables, so that behind end exposure to a zoning on the above-mentioned object, in order to carry out the exposure of next zoning, make the action that helps away that above-mentioned two objective tables are accelerated after slowing down on the above-mentioned direction of scanning, and the shift action between the above-mentioned object objective table zoning of moving on perpendicular to the non-direction of scanning of above-mentioned direction of scanning can walk abreast simultaneously and carries out, and, the action that above-mentioned object objective table is moved to above-mentioned non-direction of scanning, during the synchronism stability of above-mentioned two objective tables before the exposure of above-mentioned next zoning before end.
18. exposure device according to claim 13 is characterized in that,
Above-mentioned objective table control system, between perpendicular to the zoning in the same delegation of the non-direction of scanning of above-mentioned direction of scanning, after above-mentioned two objective tables slow down on above-mentioned direction of scanning, quicken help away action the time, according to command value, control above-mentioned two objective tables according to the acceleration rate curve gained after the coding counter-rotating that has polarised.
19. exposure device according to claim 18 is characterized in that,
Above-mentioned objective table control system, when carrying out the shift action of above-mentioned two objective tables on above-mentioned direction of scanning between the zoning of the different row in above-mentioned non-direction of scanning, according to controlling above-mentioned object objective table according to the command value of the acceleration rate curve gained after four polarization.
20. exposure device according to claim 18 is characterized in that,
Above-mentioned objective table control system, make above-mentioned two objective tables above-mentioned between the above-mentioned zoning on the above-mentioned direction of scanning help away action parallel, command value according to according at least 2 utmost points being the acceleration rate curve gained after difform total four polarizes makes the shift action of above-mentioned object objective table between the zoning of moving on the above-mentioned non-direction of scanning.
21. a device making method that comprises photo-mask process is characterized in that, at above-mentioned photo-mask process, uses the described exposure device of claim 13 to expose.
22. an exposure device with moved further mask plate and object, is transferred to the figure of aforementioned mask plate in a plurality of zonings on the above-mentioned object on the direction of scanning of regulation successively, has:
The mask plate objective table supports the aforementioned mask plate, can move on above-mentioned direction of scanning at least;
The object objective table supports above-mentioned object, can move in two dimensional surface;
The objective table control system is controlled above-mentioned two objective tables; With
Control device, with above-mentioned object on the regulation point of each zoning carry out the detection release of the needed arrangement information of location matches after, during before beginning to the exposure of No. 1 zoning, the set information of all exposures of the above-mentioned a plurality of zonings on the above-mentioned object, send above-mentioned objective table control system to required controlled variable.
23. exposure device according to claim 22 is characterized in that,
Above-mentioned objective table control system makes each zoning on the above-mentioned object, during the synchronism stability of above-mentioned two objective tables before exposure before, finish the set positions of two objective tables that adapt with above-mentioned set information.
24. exposure device according to claim 22 is characterized in that,
Above-mentioned controlled variable comprises the relevant parameter of measuring before the exposure of the arrangement with above-mentioned zoning, above-mentioned set information comprises, the information of the amount of movement corrected value between the zoning of having considered to produce owing to the arrangement error of the zoning of the stage coordinate system of regulation relatively.
25. exposure device according to claim 24 is characterized in that,
The arrangement error of above-mentioned zoning comprises: at least one in the error dwindled in the amplification of side-play amount on stage coordinate system of the error of perpendicularity of the stage coordinate system that moves of the rotation error of above-mentioned object, the above-mentioned object of regulation, above-mentioned object, above-mentioned object.
26. exposure device according to claim 22 is characterized in that,
Above-mentioned objective table control system is controlled above-mentioned two objective tables, so that behind end exposure to a zoning on the above-mentioned object, in order to carry out the exposure of next zoning, make the action that helps away that above-mentioned two objective tables are accelerated after slowing down on the above-mentioned direction of scanning, and the shift action between the above-mentioned object objective table zoning of moving on perpendicular to the non-direction of scanning of above-mentioned direction of scanning can walk abreast simultaneously and carries out, and, the action that above-mentioned object objective table is moved to above-mentioned non-direction of scanning, during the synchronism stability of above-mentioned two objective tables before the exposure of above-mentioned next zoning before end.
27. exposure device according to claim 22 is characterized in that,
Above-mentioned objective table control system, between perpendicular to the zoning in the same delegation of the non-direction of scanning of above-mentioned direction of scanning, after above-mentioned two objective tables slow down on above-mentioned direction of scanning, quicken help away action the time, according to command value, control above-mentioned two objective tables according to the acceleration rate curve gained after the coding counter-rotating that has polarised.
28. exposure device according to claim 27 is characterized in that,
Above-mentioned objective table control system, when carrying out the shift action of above-mentioned two objective tables on above-mentioned direction of scanning between the zoning of the different row in above-mentioned non-direction of scanning, according to controlling above-mentioned object objective table according to the command value of the acceleration rate curve gained after four polarization.
29. exposure device according to claim 27 is characterized in that,
Above-mentioned objective table control system, make above-mentioned two objective tables above-mentioned between the above-mentioned zoning on the above-mentioned direction of scanning help away action parallel, command value according to according at least 2 utmost points being the acceleration rate curve gained after difform total four polarizes makes the shift action of above-mentioned object objective table between the zoning of moving on the above-mentioned non-direction of scanning.
30. a device making method that comprises photo-mask process is characterized in that, at above-mentioned photo-mask process, uses the described exposure device of claim 22 to expose.
31. an exposure device with moved further mask plate and object, is transferred to the figure of aforementioned mask plate in a plurality of zonings on the above-mentioned object on the direction of scanning of regulation successively, has:
The mask plate objective table supports the aforementioned mask plate, can move on above-mentioned direction of scanning at least;
The object objective table supports above-mentioned object, can move in two dimensional surface; With
The objective table control system, control above-mentioned two objective tables, simultaneously behind end exposure, when above-mentioned two objective tables are decelerated, begin to carry out the expose synchro control of needed above-mentioned two objective tables of next zoning on above-mentioned direction of scanning to a zoning on the above-mentioned object.
32. exposure device according to claim 31 is characterized in that,
Above-mentioned objective table control system is controlled above-mentioned two objective tables, so that behind end exposure to a zoning on the above-mentioned object, in order to carry out the exposure of next zoning, make the action that helps away that above-mentioned two objective tables are accelerated after slowing down on the above-mentioned direction of scanning, and the shift action between the above-mentioned object objective table zoning of moving on perpendicular to the non-direction of scanning of above-mentioned direction of scanning can walk abreast simultaneously and carries out, and, the action that above-mentioned object objective table is moved to above-mentioned non-direction of scanning, during the synchronism stability of above-mentioned two objective tables before the exposure of above-mentioned next zoning before end.
33. a device making method that comprises photo-mask process is characterized in that, at above-mentioned photo-mask process, uses the described exposure device of claim 31 to expose.
34. an exposure device with moved further mask plate and object, is transferred to the figure of aforementioned mask plate in a plurality of zonings on the above-mentioned object on the direction of scanning of regulation successively, has:
The mask plate objective table supports the aforementioned mask plate, can move on above-mentioned direction of scanning at least;
The object objective table supports above-mentioned object, can move in two dimensional surface; With
The objective table control system, when controlling above-mentioned two objective tables, between perpendicular to the zoning in the same delegation of the non-direction of scanning of above-mentioned direction of scanning, quicken after above-mentioned two objective tables are slowed down on above-mentioned direction of scanning help away action the time, according to command value, control above-mentioned two objective tables according to the acceleration rate curve gained after the coding counter-rotating that has polarised.
35. a device making method that comprises photo-mask process is characterized in that, at above-mentioned photo-mask process, uses the described exposure device of claim 34 to expose.
36. exposure device according to claim 35 is characterized in that,
Above-mentioned objective table control system, between the back stationary phase that makes above-mentioned two objective tables carry out at the uniform velocity moving before above-mentioned deceleration begins after to above-mentioned zoning end exposure, set to such an extent that be longer than during the synchronism stability of above-mentioned two objective tables before the exposure beginning, set the peak value of the acceleration rate curve behind the end exposure of zoning greater than the peak value of the preceding acceleration rate curve of exposure beginning simultaneously.
37. exposure device according to claim 34 is characterized in that,
Acceleration rate curve after the above-mentioned coding counter-rotating that has polarised can be identical shaped.
38. exposure device according to claim 34 is characterized in that,
Above-mentioned objective table control system, between the zoning of the different row in above-mentioned non-direction of scanning, when carrying out the shift action of above-mentioned two objective tables on above-mentioned direction of scanning, can control above-mentioned object objective table according to command value according to the acceleration rate curve gained after four polarization.
39. according to the described exposure device of claim 38, it is characterized in that,
Acceleration rate curve after above-mentioned four polarization is the different shape in the two poles of the earth at least.
40. exposure device according to claim 34 is characterized in that,
Above-mentioned objective table control system, make above-mentioned two objective tables above-mentioned between the above-mentioned zoning on the above-mentioned direction of scanning help away action parallel, command value according to according at least 2 utmost points being the acceleration rate curve gained after difform total four polarizes makes the shift action of above-mentioned object objective table between the zoning of moving on the above-mentioned non-direction of scanning.
41. exposure device according to claim 34 is characterized in that,
Above-mentioned objective table control system is controlled above-mentioned two objective tables, so that behind end exposure to a zoning on the above-mentioned object, in order to carry out the exposure of next zoning, make the action that helps away that above-mentioned two objective tables are accelerated after slowing down on the above-mentioned direction of scanning, and the shift action between the above-mentioned object objective table zoning of moving on perpendicular to the non-direction of scanning of above-mentioned direction of scanning can walk abreast simultaneously and carries out, and, the action that above-mentioned object objective table is moved to above-mentioned non-direction of scanning, during the synchronism stability of above-mentioned two objective tables before the exposure of above-mentioned next zoning before end.
42. a device making method that comprises photo-mask process is characterized in that, at above-mentioned photo-mask process, uses the described exposure device of claim 34 to expose.
43. an exposure device with moved further mask plate and object, is transferred to the figure of aforementioned mask plate in a plurality of zonings on the above-mentioned object on the direction of scanning of regulation successively, has:
The mask plate objective table supports the aforementioned mask plate, can move on above-mentioned direction of scanning at least;
The object objective table supports above-mentioned object, can move in two dimensional surface; With
The objective table control system, control above-mentioned two objective tables, simultaneously, between perpendicular to the zoning in the same delegation of the non-direction of scanning of above-mentioned direction of scanning, behind end exposure, before reducing speed now behind the above-mentioned end exposure, guarantee above-mentioned two objective tables between the back stationary phase of at the uniform velocity moving on the above-mentioned direction of scanning, between different rows when mobile to a zoning, behind the end exposure of a relative zoning, the speed-down action of above-mentioned two objective tables that will begin in a minute.
44. according to the described exposure device of claim 43, it is characterized in that,
Above-mentioned objective table control system is controlled above-mentioned two objective tables, so that behind end exposure to a zoning on the above-mentioned object, in order to carry out the exposure of next zoning, make the action that helps away that above-mentioned two objective tables are accelerated after slowing down on the above-mentioned direction of scanning, and the shift action between the above-mentioned object objective table zoning of moving on perpendicular to the non-direction of scanning of above-mentioned direction of scanning can walk abreast simultaneously and carries out, and, the action that above-mentioned object objective table is moved to above-mentioned non-direction of scanning, during the synchronism stability of above-mentioned two objective tables before the exposure of above-mentioned next zoning before end.
45. a device making method that comprises photo-mask process is characterized in that, at above-mentioned photo-mask process, uses the described exposure device of claim 43 to expose.
46. an exposure device with moved further mask plate and object, is transferred to the figure of aforementioned mask plate in a plurality of zonings on the above-mentioned object on the direction of scanning of regulation successively, has:
The mask plate objective table supports the aforementioned mask plate, can move on above-mentioned direction of scanning at least;
Two object objective tables support above-mentioned object respectively, and can move in two dimensional surface single-handedly; With
The objective table control system, parallel with the predetermined processing of on above-mentioned any one object objective table, carrying out, when carrying out the exposure to a plurality of zonings on the object that supports by another object objective table, between perpendicular to the zoning in the same delegation of the non-direction of scanning of above-mentioned direction of scanning, after aforementioned mask plate objective table and above-mentioned another object objective table slow down on above-mentioned direction of scanning, quicken help away action the time, according to the command value according to the acceleration rate curve gained after the coding counter-rotating that has polarised, control aforementioned mask plate objective table and above-mentioned another object objective table.
47. according to the described exposure device of claim 46, it is characterized in that,
Above-mentioned objective table control system, between the zoning of the different row in above-mentioned non-direction of scanning, when aforementioned mask plate objective table and above-mentioned another objective table carry out shift action on above-mentioned direction of scanning, can control above-mentioned the opposing party's object objective table according to command value according to the acceleration rate curve gained after four polarization.
48. according to the described exposure device of claim 46, it is characterized in that,
Above-mentioned objective table control system, make above-mentioned between the above-mentioned zoning on the above-mentioned direction of scanning of aforementioned mask plate objective table and above-mentioned the opposing party's objective table help away action parallel, command value according to according at least two extreme values being the acceleration rate curve gained after difform total four polarizes makes the shift action of above-mentioned the opposing party's object objective table between the zoning of moving on the above-mentioned non-direction of scanning.
49. according to the described exposure device of claim 46, it is characterized in that,
Also have the Mark Detection system, detect the sign that is formed on the above-mentioned object,
Afore mentioned rules is handled and to be comprised: utilize above-mentioned Mark Detection system to detect the Mark Detection that is formed on the object and handle, this object is placed on above-mentioned any one object objective table.
50. a device making method that comprises photo-mask process is characterized in that, at above-mentioned photo-mask process, uses the described exposure device of claim 46 to expose.
51. an exposure device with moved further mask plate and object, is transferred to the figure of aforementioned mask plate in a plurality of zonings on the above-mentioned object on the direction of scanning of regulation successively, it is characterized in that having:
The mask plate objective table supports the aforementioned mask plate, can move on above-mentioned direction of scanning at least;
The object objective table supports above-mentioned object, and can move in two dimensional surface; With
The objective table control system is controlled above-mentioned two objective tables,
Above-mentioned objective table control system, between perpendicular to the zoning in the same delegation of the non-direction of scanning of above-mentioned direction of scanning, behind end exposure to a zoning, above-mentioned two objective tables are between the back stationary phase of at the uniform velocity moving on the above-mentioned direction of scanning, and beginning is at the shift action of the above-mentioned direction of scanning of the enterprising enforcement of above-mentioned object objective table and the parallel simultaneously shift action of shift action of above-mentioned non-direction of scanning.
52. according to the described exposure device of claim 51, it is characterized in that,
Above-mentioned objective table control system before the beginning, is carried out above-mentioned parallel simultaneously shift action on above-mentioned object objective table during to the synchronism stability of above-mentioned two objective tables before the exposure of next zoning.
53. according to the described exposure device of claim 52, it is characterized in that,
Above-mentioned objective table control system is controlled above-mentioned object objective table, so that before beginning during the synchronism stability, finish the shift action of above-mentioned non-direction of scanning.
54. according to the described exposure device of claim 53, it is characterized in that,
Above-mentioned objective table control system behind the end exposure of an above-mentioned relatively zoning, begins above-mentioned parallel simultaneously shift action at once on above-mentioned object objective table.
55. an objective table device has:
Objective table is used for supporting object, and can move in two dimensional surface; With
The objective table control system, control above-mentioned objective table, make the 1st direction of principal axis shift action that above-mentioned objective table is accelerated and carry out in that the 2nd direction of principal axis shift action that moves perpendicular to the above-mentioned the 1st axial the 2nd direction of principal axis is parallel simultaneously after the 1st direction of principal axis of regulation slows down, simultaneously, when carrying out above-mentioned the 1st direction of principal axis shift action, according to command value, control above-mentioned objective table according to the acceleration rate curve gained after the coding counter-rotating that has polarised.
56. according to the described objective table device of claim 55, it is characterized in that,
Above-mentioned objective table control system when carrying out above-mentioned the 2nd direction of principal axis shift action, is different shapes, adds up to the command value of the acceleration rate curve gained after four polarization according at least two extreme values, controls above-mentioned objective table.
CNA031413153A 2002-06-10 2003-06-10 Exposure device, stage device, and device manufacturing method Pending CN1470945A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2002167998 2002-06-10
JP167998/2002 2002-06-10
JP157410/2003 2003-06-03
JP2003157410A JP2004072076A (en) 2002-06-10 2003-06-03 Exposure apparatus, stage apparatus, and device manufacturing method

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN1470945A true CN1470945A (en) 2004-01-28

Family

ID=29586041

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CNA031413153A Pending CN1470945A (en) 2002-06-10 2003-06-10 Exposure device, stage device, and device manufacturing method

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (1) US7068350B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1372037A2 (en)
JP (1) JP2004072076A (en)
KR (1) KR20030095338A (en)
CN (1) CN1470945A (en)
SG (1) SG118190A1 (en)
TW (1) TW200402089A (en)

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102109673A (en) * 2009-12-25 2011-06-29 索尼公司 Stage control device, stage control method, stage control program, and microscope
CN101030551B (en) * 2006-03-02 2012-05-30 住友重机械工业株式会社 Stage device
WO2013026361A1 (en) * 2011-08-22 2013-02-28 上海微电子装备有限公司 Step photolithography device and photolithography exposure method
CN103091990A (en) * 2011-10-28 2013-05-08 上海微电子装备有限公司 Mechanism and method for adjusting light spot horizontal position in focusing and leveling system
CN105093836A (en) * 2014-05-06 2015-11-25 上海微电子装备有限公司 EUV (extreme UV) lithographic apparatus and exposure method therefor
CN103091990B (en) * 2011-10-28 2016-12-14 上海微电子装备有限公司 Light spot horizontal position guiding mechanism and method in a kind of focusing and leveling system
CN106941065A (en) * 2015-09-30 2017-07-11 日本株式会社日立高新技术科学 Sample position alignment methods and charged particle beam apparatus
WO2018019143A1 (en) * 2016-07-29 2018-02-01 广州康昕瑞基因健康科技有限公司 Image photographing alignment method and system
CN110609449A (en) * 2018-06-15 2019-12-24 佳能株式会社 Exposure method, exposure apparatus, and method of manufacturing article
CN113520594A (en) * 2021-05-31 2021-10-22 浙江大学 A kind of assembly method of double optical path 3D imaging module
CN114002917A (en) * 2020-07-28 2022-02-01 佳能株式会社 Exposure apparatus and method for manufacturing article

Families Citing this family (39)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002134396A (en) * 2000-10-25 2002-05-10 Sony Corp Semiconductor device manufacturing method and semiconductor pattern automatic adjusting device
JP2004247487A (en) * 2003-02-13 2004-09-02 Canon Inc Scanning exposure equipment
US7245047B2 (en) * 2003-05-01 2007-07-17 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method
CN104122760B (en) * 2003-07-28 2017-04-19 株式会社尼康 Exposure apparatus and device manufacturing method
US7016019B2 (en) 2003-12-16 2006-03-21 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method
JP4636807B2 (en) * 2004-03-18 2011-02-23 キヤノン株式会社 Substrate holding device and exposure apparatus using the same
US7508488B2 (en) * 2004-10-13 2009-03-24 Carl Zeiss Smt Ag Projection exposure system and method of manufacturing a miniaturized device
TW201837984A (en) * 2004-11-18 2018-10-16 日商尼康股份有限公司 Exposure method and exposure apparatus, and semiconductor device manufacturing methods
JP5158464B2 (en) * 2006-09-01 2013-03-06 株式会社ニコン Exposure apparatus and exposure method
US8054450B2 (en) * 2007-05-02 2011-11-08 University Of Maryland Stepper system for ultra-high resolution photolithography using photolithographic mask exhibiting enhanced light transmission due to utilizing sub-wavelength aperture arrays
US8953141B2 (en) * 2007-12-21 2015-02-10 Asml Netherlands B.V. Immersion lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method with asymmetric acceleration profile of substrate table to maintain meniscus of immersion liquid
JP5607316B2 (en) * 2008-09-05 2014-10-15 キヤノン株式会社 Exposure apparatus and device manufacturing method
JP5155785B2 (en) * 2008-09-09 2013-03-06 富士機械製造株式会社 Operation control method and circuit board working apparatus
JP5269548B2 (en) * 2008-10-31 2013-08-21 株式会社日立国際電気 Substrate processing apparatus and substrate transfer method for substrate processing apparatus
US8633901B2 (en) * 2009-01-30 2014-01-21 Blackberry Limited Handheld electronic device having a touchscreen and a method of using a touchscreen of a handheld electronic device
US8607057B2 (en) * 2009-05-15 2013-12-10 Microsoft Corporation Secure outsourced aggregation with one-way chains
CN102081307B (en) * 2009-11-26 2013-06-19 上海微电子装备有限公司 Method for controlling exposure dose of photoetching machine
JP5674195B2 (en) * 2010-01-14 2015-02-25 Nskテクノロジー株式会社 Exposure apparatus and exposure method
US8712575B2 (en) * 2010-03-26 2014-04-29 Memc Electronic Materials, Inc. Hydrostatic pad pressure modulation in a simultaneous double side wafer grinder
JP5701201B2 (en) * 2011-12-19 2015-04-15 株式会社Sen Ion implantation method and ion implantation apparatus
CN103186055B (en) * 2011-12-31 2016-04-20 中芯国际集成电路制造(上海)有限公司 Litho machine and scanning exposure method thereof
JP5739837B2 (en) * 2012-05-22 2015-06-24 キヤノン株式会社 Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
KR101392986B1 (en) * 2012-08-29 2014-05-12 레이저앤피직스 주식회사 Apparatus and method for controlling scanner
JP6383177B2 (en) * 2014-05-13 2018-08-29 キヤノン株式会社 EXPOSURE APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND DEVICE MANUFACTURING METHOD
JP2017521697A (en) * 2014-07-08 2017-08-03 エーエスエムエル ネザーランズ ビー.ブイ. Lithographic apparatus and method
TWI532348B (en) * 2014-08-26 2016-05-01 鴻海精密工業股份有限公司 Method and device for reducing peak to average power ratio
TWI609235B (en) * 2015-11-09 2017-12-21 艾斯邁科技股份有限公司 Mask inspection device and method thereof
US10295911B2 (en) 2016-05-19 2019-05-21 Nikon Corporation Extreme ultraviolet lithography system that utilizes pattern stitching
US11067900B2 (en) 2016-05-19 2021-07-20 Nikon Corporation Dense line extreme ultraviolet lithography system with distortion matching
US10712671B2 (en) 2016-05-19 2020-07-14 Nikon Corporation Dense line extreme ultraviolet lithography system with distortion matching
TWI800855B (en) * 2016-06-20 2023-05-01 日商尼康股份有限公司 Dense line extreme ultraviolet lithography system with distortion matching and method for transferring pattern onto workpiece
KR102458400B1 (en) * 2016-06-20 2022-10-24 가부시키가이샤 니콘 Dense Line Extreme Ultraviolet Lithography System with Distortion Matching
US10527956B2 (en) 2017-03-24 2020-01-07 Nikon Corporation Temperature controlled heat transfer frame for pellicle
CN110596127B (en) * 2018-05-25 2022-07-08 翌视智能科技(上海)有限公司 Sheet glass edge flaw detection system based on image acquisition
JP7355637B2 (en) * 2019-12-16 2023-10-03 株式会社ディスコ detection device
TWI864258B (en) * 2020-04-08 2024-12-01 日商東京威力科創股份有限公司 Substrate processing device and substrate processing method
JP7531333B2 (en) * 2020-06-30 2024-08-09 キヤノン株式会社 Stage apparatus, exposure apparatus, and method for manufacturing an article
JP7805148B2 (en) * 2021-12-08 2026-01-23 キヤノン株式会社 Exposure apparatus, control method thereof, and article manufacturing method
US20250164892A1 (en) * 2023-11-17 2025-05-22 Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. Lithography scanner throughput

Family Cites Families (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH08293459A (en) * 1995-04-21 1996-11-05 Nikon Corp Stage drive control method and apparatus thereof
EP0785571B1 (en) 1996-01-08 2000-10-18 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Exposure method and apparatus therefore
EP1028456A4 (en) * 1997-09-19 2003-03-05 Nikon Corp PLATINUM, SCANNING ALIGNMENT DEVICE, AND SCANNING EXPOSURE METHOD, AND DEVICE MANUFACTURED THEREBY
US6320345B1 (en) * 1998-03-05 2001-11-20 Nikon Corporation Command trajectory for driving a stage with minimal vibration
JP3271758B2 (en) 1999-03-31 2002-04-08 株式会社ニコン Scanning exposure method, scanning exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method using the method
US6285438B1 (en) * 1999-05-19 2001-09-04 Nikon Corporation Scanning exposure method with reduced time between scans
WO2001040875A1 (en) 1999-11-30 2001-06-07 Silicon Valley Group, Inc. Dual-stage lithography apparatus and method
JP2001230183A (en) 2000-02-16 2001-08-24 Nikon Corp Scanning exposure apparatus, scanning exposure method, and device manufacturing method
JP2002025886A (en) 2000-07-03 2002-01-25 Canon Inc Step & scan projection exposure apparatus, maintenance method thereof, semiconductor device manufacturing method and semiconductor manufacturing factory using the same
JP2002050559A (en) * 2000-08-01 2002-02-15 Canon Inc Exposure apparatus and device manufacturing method using the same
JP2002110526A (en) * 2000-10-03 2002-04-12 Canon Inc Scanning exposure method and scanning exposure apparatus

Cited By (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101030551B (en) * 2006-03-02 2012-05-30 住友重机械工业株式会社 Stage device
CN102109673A (en) * 2009-12-25 2011-06-29 索尼公司 Stage control device, stage control method, stage control program, and microscope
WO2013026361A1 (en) * 2011-08-22 2013-02-28 上海微电子装备有限公司 Step photolithography device and photolithography exposure method
CN102955368A (en) * 2011-08-22 2013-03-06 上海微电子装备有限公司 Stepper lithography device and lithography exposure method
TWI561937B (en) * 2011-08-22 2016-12-11
CN103091990A (en) * 2011-10-28 2013-05-08 上海微电子装备有限公司 Mechanism and method for adjusting light spot horizontal position in focusing and leveling system
CN103091990B (en) * 2011-10-28 2016-12-14 上海微电子装备有限公司 Light spot horizontal position guiding mechanism and method in a kind of focusing and leveling system
CN105093836A (en) * 2014-05-06 2015-11-25 上海微电子装备有限公司 EUV (extreme UV) lithographic apparatus and exposure method therefor
CN106941065A (en) * 2015-09-30 2017-07-11 日本株式会社日立高新技术科学 Sample position alignment methods and charged particle beam apparatus
CN106941065B (en) * 2015-09-30 2020-12-22 日本株式会社日立高新技术科学 Sample position alignment method and charged particle beam device
WO2018019143A1 (en) * 2016-07-29 2018-02-01 广州康昕瑞基因健康科技有限公司 Image photographing alignment method and system
CN110609449A (en) * 2018-06-15 2019-12-24 佳能株式会社 Exposure method, exposure apparatus, and method of manufacturing article
CN110609449B (en) * 2018-06-15 2022-05-27 佳能株式会社 Exposure method, exposure apparatus, and method of manufacturing article
CN114002917A (en) * 2020-07-28 2022-02-01 佳能株式会社 Exposure apparatus and method for manufacturing article
US12326666B2 (en) 2020-07-28 2025-06-10 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Exposing apparatus and method for manufacturing article
CN113520594A (en) * 2021-05-31 2021-10-22 浙江大学 A kind of assembly method of double optical path 3D imaging module
CN113520594B (en) * 2021-05-31 2023-08-08 浙江大学 Assembling method of double-light-path 3D imaging module

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2004072076A (en) 2004-03-04
KR20030095338A (en) 2003-12-18
SG118190A1 (en) 2006-01-27
US7068350B2 (en) 2006-06-27
TW200402089A (en) 2004-02-01
US20050024610A1 (en) 2005-02-03
EP1372037A2 (en) 2003-12-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN1470945A (en) Exposure device, stage device, and device manufacturing method
CN1244020C (en) Exposure device
CN1309017C (en) Exposure method and device
CN1290155C (en) Exposure device, surface position regulating unit and method for making mask and device
US6331885B1 (en) Stage apparatus, scanning type exposure apparatus, and device produced with the same
CN1309332A (en) Exposure method and device, and method for mfg. device
CN1484850A (en) Stage system, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
CN1717779A (en) Platform device, exposure device, and device manufacturing method
CN101057316A (en) Position measurement method, position control method, measurement method, loading method, exposure method and exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
CN1723542A (en) Exposure apparatus and device manufacturing method
CN1484757A (en) Imaging characteristic measuring method, imaging characteristic adjusting method, exposure method and apparatus, program and storage medium, and device manufacturing method
CN1871689A (en) Projector exposure device, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
CN1636268A (en) Exposure apparatus, substrate processing system and device manufacturing method
CN1376949A (en) Projection optical system, projection exposure device with them thereof and projection exposure method
CN101031997A (en) Measurement method, exposure method and device manufacturing method
CN1476629A (en) Exposure equipment, exposure method and device manufacturing method
CN1677242A (en) Exposure apparatus and device manufacturing method
CN1950929A (en) Exposure equipment, exposure method and device manufacturing method
JP2000106340A (en) Exposure apparatus, scanning exposure method, and stage apparatus
CN1289969C (en) Lithographic apparatus, device manufacturing method, and device manufactured thereby
WO2005088686A1 (en) Step measuring method and apparatus, and exposure method and apparatus
CN1868032A (en) Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
CN1918695A (en) Stage driving method, stage device, exposure device, and element manufacturing method
CN1831652A (en) Projection exposure apparatus
CN101052922A (en) Exposure device, exposure method, and micro device manufacturing method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
C06 Publication
PB01 Publication
C10 Entry into substantive examination
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
C02 Deemed withdrawal of patent application after publication (patent law 2001)
WD01 Invention patent application deemed withdrawn after publication